[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

TW200923574A - Fluorine-containing compound, resist composition for immersion exposure, and method of forming resist pattern - Google Patents

Fluorine-containing compound, resist composition for immersion exposure, and method of forming resist pattern Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200923574A
TW200923574A TW97129604A TW97129604A TW200923574A TW 200923574 A TW200923574 A TW 200923574A TW 97129604 A TW97129604 A TW 97129604A TW 97129604 A TW97129604 A TW 97129604A TW 200923574 A TW200923574 A TW 200923574A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
fluorine
atom
compound
alkyl group
Prior art date
Application number
TW97129604A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI372942B (en
Inventor
Sanae Furuya
Takayoshi Mori
Takahiro Dazai
Ryoichi Takasu
Tomoyuki Hirano
Original Assignee
Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd filed Critical Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd
Publication of TW200923574A publication Critical patent/TW200923574A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI372942B publication Critical patent/TWI372942B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

A resist composition for immersion exposure including a base component (A) which exhibits changed solubility in an alkali developing solution under action of acid, an acid-generator component (B) which generates acid upon irradiation, and a fluorine-containing compound (C) having a group represented by general formula (c) shown below and containing at least one fluorine atom: [Chemical Formula 1] wherein Q represents a group in which one hydrogen atom has been removed from a monovalent hydrophilic group; and R1 represents a hydrocarbon group of 2 or more carbon atoms Which may have a fluorine atom.

Description

200923574 九、發明說明 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明爲有關含氟化合物、含有該含氟化合物之浸潤 式曝光(Liquid Immersion Lithography)用光阻組成物, 及使用該浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物之光阻圖型之形成方法 〇 本發明係以2007年8月3日於日本申請之特願第 2007 — 203 1 77號、200 7年1 1月12日於日本申請之特願 第2007— 293145號及2008年3月26日於日本申請之特 願弟2008 — 080695號爲基礎主張優先權,本發明係援用 前述發明內容。 【先前技術】 微影蝕刻技術中,一般多以於基板上形成由光阻材料 所得之光阻膜,並對於前述光阻膜,介由形成特定圖型之 遮罩,以光、電子線等放射線進行選擇性曝光,經施以顯 影處理,使前述光阻膜形成特定形狀之光阻圖型之方式進 行。 伴隨半導體元件之微細化,已進入曝光光源之短波長 化與投影透鏡之高開口數(高NA )化,目前已開發出具 有193nm之波長的以ArF準分子雷射作爲光源之NA = 〇· 84之曝光機。伴隨曝光光源之短波長化,光阻材料已尋 求一種對曝光光源具有感度,且可重現微細尺寸圖型之解 析性等之提高微影蝕刻特性之需求。滿足該需求之光阻材 -5- 200923574 料,一般爲使用含有經由酸之作用可使鹼可溶性產生變化 之基礎樹脂,與基於曝光發生酸之酸產生劑之化學增幅型 光阻。 目前,於ArF準分子雷射微影蝕刻等所使用之化學增 幅型光阻之基礎樹脂,例如以1 9 3 nm附近具有優良透明 性等觀點等,一般多使用主鏈具有由(甲基)丙烯酸酯所 衍生之結構單位的樹脂(丙烯酸系樹脂)等。 其中,「(甲基)丙烯酸」係指α位鍵結氫原子之丙 烯酸,與α位鍵結甲基之甲基丙烯酸中之一者或二者之意 。「(甲基)丙嫌酸酯(acrylic acid ester)」係指α位 鍵結氫原子之丙烯酸酯’與《位鍵結甲基之甲基丙烯酸酯 中之一者或二者之蒽。「(甲基)丙稀酸醋(acrylate) 」,係指α位鍵結氫原子之丙烯酸酯,與位鍵結甲基之 甲基丙烯酸酯之一者或二者之意。 使解析性再向上提升之方法之一,例如於曝光機之對 物透鏡與樣品之間,介有折射率較空氣爲高之液體(浸潤 式介質)下進行曝光(浸漬曝光)之微影蝕刻法,即,一 般稱爲液浸微影 14 刻(Liquid Immersion Lithography。以 下,亦稱爲液浸曝光)者(例如非專利文獻1 )。 使用浸潤式曝光時,已知其即使使用相同之曝光波長 的光源,其可與使用更短波長之光源之情形或使用高NA 透鏡之情形相同般達成相同之高解析性,此外,也不會降 低焦點景深寬度。又,浸潤式曝光可使用現有之曝光裝置 進行。因此,浸潤式曝光推測可以低費用下,實現形成兼 -6 - 200923574 具高解析性’且具有優良之焦點景深寬度之光阻圖型,於 需要大量投資設備之半導體元件之製造中,就費用之觀點 ,或就解析度等微影蝕刻特性之觀點,多對其可提供半導 體產業多大之效果等有著相當的關注。 浸潤式曝光於圖型形狀之形成中係屬有效者,此外, 其也可以與目前硏究之相位移動法、變形照明法等超解析 技術組合。目前,浸潤式曝光技術主要活躍於使用ArF準 分子雷射作爲光源之技術硏究。又,目前,浸潤式介質主 要爲對水進行硏究。 近年來,對於含氟化合物已由撥水性、透明性等特性 開始’對各種技術領域進行硏究開發。例如光阻材料領域 中’目前對於作爲正型之化學增幅型光阻之基礎樹脂中, 已開始硏究於含氟尚分子化合物中,導入甲氧甲基、tert - 丁基、tert -丁基氧代羰基等酸不穩定性基。但,該氟 系高分子化合物作爲正型光阻組成物之基礎樹脂使用時, 於曝光後會產生大量釋氣(out gas ),造成對乾蝕刻氣體 之耐性(乾蝕刻耐性)不充分之缺點。 最近’已有提出一種具有優良耐蝕刻性之含氟高分子 化合物,即含有具環狀烴基之酸不穩定性基的含氟高分子 化合物之報告(例如,非專利文獻2)。 〔非專利文獻 1〕Proceedings of SPIE、第 5754 卷, 第 1 1 9 — 1 28 頁(2005 年)。 〔非專利文獻 2〕Proceedings of SPIE、第 4690 卷, 第 76 — 83 頁(2002 年)。 200923574 【發明內容】 於浸潤式曝光中,除通常之微影蝕刻特性(感度、解 析性、蝕刻耐性等)以外,尙尋求一種具有可對應浸潤式 曝光技術之特性的光阻材料。例如,浸潤式曝光中,光阻 膜與浸液介質接觸時,光阻膜中之物質會發生溶出於浸液 介質中(物質溶出)之情形。物質溶出時,會造成光阻層 之變質、浸液介質折射率之變化等,使微影飩刻特性惡化 。該物質溶出之量,受光阻膜表面之特性(例如親水性· 疏水性等)之影響,例如例如光阻膜表面之疏水性提高時 ,可降低物質之溶出。又,浸液媒體爲水等情形中,於使 用非特許文獻1所記載之掃描式之浸潤式曝光機進行浸漬 露光時,則尋求浸液媒體追隨透鏡移動而一動之水追隨性 。水追隨性越低時,因曝光速度降低,故會有影響生產性 之疑慮。該水追隨性,推測會隨光阻膜疏水性之提升(疏 水化)而向上增加。 如此,經由提高光阻膜表面之疏水性,而減低物質之 溶出或提高水追隨性等,推測可解決浸潤式曝光技術所特 有之問題。但是’僅對光阻膜進行疏水化時,仍會對微影 蝕刻特性等產生不良影響。例如’提高光阻膜之疏水性時 ,於鹼顯影後之光阻膜因容易發生缺陷(defect )等問題 。特別是正型光阻組成物之情形,於未曝光部容易發生缺 陷。缺陷’係指例如使用KLA丹克爾公司之表面缺陷觀 察裝置(商品名「KLA」)’由顯影後之光阻圖型之正上 200923574 方進行觀察之際所檢測之所有缺失。此缺失例如顯影後之 浮渣、氣泡、廢棄物、橋接(光阻圖型間之搭接構造)、 色斑、析出物、殘渣物等。 浸潤式曝光時之疏水性,推測只要使用顯影時具有親 水性特性之材料時,即可解決該些問題,但對於具有前述 特性之材料,則目前幾乎未有任何了解。 本発明即爲鑒於上記情事所提出者,即以提供一種可 作爲浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物用添加劑之新穎含氟化合物 ’含有該含氟化合物之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物,及使用 該浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物之光阻圖型之形成方法爲目的 〇 爲達成上述之目的,本發明係採用以下之構成內容。 即’本發明之第一之態樣爲,一種浸潤式曝光用光阻 組成物’其特徵爲,含有經由酸之作用而對鹼顯影液之溶 解性發生變化之基材成份(A ),與經由曝光而產生酸之 酸產生劑成份(B),與具有下述通式(c)所表示之基, 且至少含有1個氟原子之含氟化合物(C); 【化1】 R , 阻 ’ 法光 基 方用 之 成光 子 形曝 原 之式 氫 型潤 個。圖浸 1Rl j /—\ & 除基光樣 去烴種態 基之一之 水上,一 親以爲第 C)之 2 樣述 ( 價數態前 "1 碳之用 爲之二使 R1Q 子第含 | ,原之包 o=-c中氟明, Q--式有發爲 | t 具本徵 一 可 特 爲 其 200923574 組成物於支撐體上形成光阻膜之步驟,使前述光阻膜進行 浸潤式曝光之步驟,及將前述光阻膜鹼顯影以形成光阻圖 型之步驟。 本發明之第三之態樣爲,一種含氟化合物,其特徵爲 ,具有下述通式(C)所表示之基,且至少含有1個氟原 子。 【化2】200923574 IX. Description of the Invention [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a fluorine-containing compound, a resist composition for liquid immersion exposure containing the fluorine-containing compound, and a photoresist composition using the immersion exposure Method for forming a photoresist pattern of a material. The present invention is a special wish 2007 which was applied for in Japan on August 3, 2007, in the Japanese Patent Application No. 2007-203 1 77, and January 1, 2007. The priority is claimed on the basis of the Japanese Patent Application No. 2008-080695, filed on Jan. [Prior Art] In the lithography technique, a photoresist film obtained by a photoresist material is generally formed on a substrate, and a mask of a specific pattern is formed on the photoresist film by light, an electron beam, or the like. The selective exposure of the radiation is carried out by applying a development treatment to form the photoresist film into a specific shape of the photoresist pattern. With the miniaturization of semiconductor elements, the short wavelength of the exposure light source and the high number of openings (high NA) of the projection lens have been developed. At present, an ArF excimer laser having a wavelength of 193 nm has been developed as a light source NA = 〇· 84 exposure machine. Along with the short wavelength of the exposure light source, the photoresist material has sought to have a sensitivity to the exposure light source, and it is possible to reproduce the lithographic etching characteristics such as the resolution of the fine size pattern. A photo-resistance material that meets this demand is generally used as a chemically amplified photoresist which contains a base resin which changes the alkali solubility by an action of an acid, and an acid generator which generates an acid based on exposure. At present, the base resin of the chemically amplified photoresist used in the ArF excimer laser lithography etching, for example, has excellent transparency in the vicinity of 193 nm, and the like, and generally uses a main chain having a (meth) A resin (acrylic resin) of a structural unit derived from acrylate. Here, "(meth)acrylic acid" means one or both of a acrylic acid having a hydrogen atom bonded to the α-position and a methacrylic acid having a methyl group bonded to the α-position. The "(acrylic acid ester)" refers to one or both of the acrylate of the hydrogen atom at the alpha position and the methacrylate of the methyl group. "(Meth)acrylic acid acrylate" means an acrylate having a hydrogen atom bonded to the α-position, or a methacrylate having a methyl group bonded to a methyl group or both. One of the methods for lifting the analytic upwards, for example, lithography etching between an objective lens of an exposure machine and a sample, exposure (immersion exposure) under a liquid having a higher refractive index than air (immersion medium) The method, that is, generally referred to as Liquid Immersion Lithography (hereinafter also referred to as immersion exposure) (for example, Non-Patent Document 1). When using immersion exposure, it is known that even if a light source of the same exposure wavelength is used, it can achieve the same high resolution as in the case of using a light source of a shorter wavelength or a case of using a high NA lens, and further, it does not Reduce the focus depth of field. Further, the immersion exposure can be carried out using an existing exposure apparatus. Therefore, the immersion exposure is presumably at a low cost, and it is possible to realize a photoresist pattern having a high resolution of -6 - 200923574 and having an excellent focal depth of field. In the manufacture of semiconductor components requiring a large investment in equipment, the cost is incurred. From the viewpoint of the lithographic etching characteristics such as the resolution, there are considerable concerns about how much the semiconductor industry can be provided. The immersion exposure is effective in the formation of the pattern shape, and it can also be combined with super-analytical techniques such as the phase shift method and the deformation illumination method which are currently studied. At present, the immersion exposure technique is mainly active in the study of the use of ArF quasi-molecular lasers as a light source. Also, at present, the infiltration medium is mainly for the study of water. In recent years, various fluorine-containing compounds have been developed in various technical fields since they have been characterized by water repellency and transparency. For example, in the field of photoresist materials, in the base resin which is a positive type of chemically amplified photoresist, it has been studied in fluorine-containing molecular compounds, and methoxymethyl, tert-butyl, tert-butyl is introduced. An acid labile group such as an oxocarbonyl group. However, when the fluorine-based polymer compound is used as a base resin of a positive-type photoresist composition, a large amount of out gas is generated after exposure, and the resistance to dry etching gas (dry etching resistance) is insufficient. . Recently, a report has been made of a fluorine-containing polymer compound having excellent etching resistance, that is, a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing an acid-labile group having a cyclic hydrocarbon group (for example, Non-Patent Document 2). [Non-Patent Document 1] Proceedings of SPIE, Vol. 5754, pp. 1 1 9 - 1 28 (2005). [Non-Patent Document 2] Proceedings of SPIE, Vol. 4690, pp. 76-83 (2002). 200923574 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION In the immersion exposure, in addition to the usual lithographic etching characteristics (sensitivity, decomposability, etching resistance, etc.), a photoresist material having characteristics compatible with the immersion exposure technique is sought. For example, in the immersion exposure, when the photoresist film is in contact with the immersion medium, the substance in the photoresist film may be dissolved in the immersion medium (the substance is eluted). When the substance is eluted, the deterioration of the photoresist layer, the change in the refractive index of the immersion medium, and the like are caused, and the lithography engraving characteristics are deteriorated. The amount of elution of the substance is affected by the characteristics of the surface of the photoresist film (e.g., hydrophilicity, hydrophobicity, etc.). For example, when the hydrophobicity of the surface of the photoresist film is increased, the elution of the substance can be reduced. Further, in the case where the liquid immersion medium is water or the like, when the immersion light is applied by the scanning type immersion type exposure machine described in Non-patent Document 1, the liquid immersion medium is sought to follow the movement of the lens to achieve water followability. The lower the water followability, the lower the exposure speed, and there are doubts that affect productivity. This water followability is presumed to increase as the hydrophobicity of the photoresist film increases (watering). Thus, by increasing the hydrophobicity of the surface of the photoresist film, reducing the elution of the substance or improving the water followability, it is presumed that the problems unique to the immersion exposure technique can be solved. However, when the photoresist film is hydrophobized, it adversely affects the lithographic etching characteristics and the like. For example, when the hydrophobicity of the photoresist film is increased, the photoresist film after alkali development is liable to cause problems such as defects. In particular, in the case of a positive-type photoresist composition, defects are likely to occur in the unexposed portion. The defect refers to, for example, all the defects detected when the surface defect observation device (trade name "KLA") of KLA Tankel is used to observe from the surface of the developed photoresist pattern 200923574. This is missing, for example, scum after development, air bubbles, waste, bridging (overlap structure between photoresist patterns), stains, precipitates, residue, and the like. The hydrophobicity at the time of immersion exposure is presumed to solve these problems as long as a material having a hydrophilic property at the time of development is used, but there is hardly any knowledge of the material having the above characteristics. In the light of the above, the present invention provides a novel fluorine-containing compound which can be used as an additive for a photoresist composition for immersion exposure, and a photoresist composition for immersion exposure containing the fluorine-containing compound, and The method for forming a photoresist pattern of the resist composition for immersion exposure is aimed at achieving the above object, and the present invention adopts the following constitution. That is, the first aspect of the present invention is a photoresist composition for immersion exposure characterized by comprising a substrate component (A) which changes the solubility of an alkali developer by an action of an acid, and An acid generator component (B) which generates an acid by exposure, and a fluorine-containing compound (C) having a group represented by the following formula (c) and containing at least one fluorine atom; 'Faguang base uses the photon shape to expose the original type of hydrogen type. Figure dip 1Rl j /—\ & In addition to the base light sample to one of the hydrocarbon species, one parent thinks that C) is the second (the valence state before the "1 carbon" for the R1Q The first contains |, the original package o = -c in the fluorine, Q--form has a | t with the intrinsic one for its 200923574 composition to form a photoresist film on the support, the aforementioned photoresist a step of performing a immersion exposure of the film, and a step of alkali developing the photoresist film to form a photoresist pattern. The third aspect of the present invention is a fluorine-containing compound characterized by having the following formula ( C) The group represented by at least one fluorine atom.

Q— 〔式中,Q爲1價之親水基去除1個氫原子之基,R1 爲可具有氟(原子之碳數2以上之烴基〕。 又,本說明書與申請專利範圍中之「結構單位」,係 指構成樹脂成份(聚合物、共聚物)之單體單位( monomer單位)之意。 「曝光」係包含放射線照射之全般槪念。 「烷基」,於無特別限定下,係包含直鏈狀、支鏈狀 與環狀之1價飽和烴基者。 「低級烷基」係指碳原子數1〜5之烷基之意。 本發明,爲提供一種適合作爲浸潤式曝光用光阻組成 物用添加劑之新穎含氟化合物,含有該含氟化合物之浸潤 式曝光用光阻組成物,及使用該浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物 之光阻圖型之形成方法爲目的。 《含氟化合物》 -10- 200923574 首先,將說明本發明之含氟化合物(以下’亦稱爲含 氟化合物(C ))。含氟化合物(C ),爲作爲本發明之 浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物之構成成份的化合物’其爲適合 作爲浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物之添加劑使用之化合物。 含氟化合物(C),具有前述通式(C)所表示之基, 且至少含有1個氟原子。Q— [wherein, Q is a group in which a hydrophilic group of one valence removes one hydrogen atom, and R1 is a hydrocarbon group which may have fluorine (having a carbon number of 2 or more of the atom). Further, the structural unit in the specification and the patent application scope "The meaning of the monomer unit (monomer unit) constituting the resin component (polymer, copolymer). "Exposure" includes the general commemoration of radiation irradiation. "Alkyl", unless otherwise specified, includes a linear, branched, and cyclic monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group. "Lower alkyl" means an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The present invention provides a suitable photoresist for immersion exposure. A novel fluorine-containing compound for an additive for a composition, a resist composition for immersion exposure containing the fluorine-containing compound, and a method for forming a photoresist pattern using the resist composition for immersion exposure. Compound -10-200923574 First, a fluorine-containing compound (hereinafter also referred to as a fluorine-containing compound (C)) of the present invention will be described. The fluorine-containing compound (C) is a photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention. Composition Implants of additive compounds which resist composition suitable for immersion exposure for the fluorine-containing compound (C), the group having the formula (C) represented by the, and containing at least one fluorine atom.

式(C )中,於Q中,1價之親水基,僅需至少具有1 個氫原子即可,例如羥基(一 OH )、羧基(_ C(= 〇)〇H )、胺基(—NH2)等。 Q,爲由上述1價之親水基去除1個氫原子所得之基 ,例如1價之親水基爲一OH時,Q爲-Ο —。又,1價之 親水基爲—C(=0)0H之情形,Q爲—C(=0)0-。又,! 價之親水基爲一 NH2時,Q爲一 NH—。 Q以一 0 —或一 C(=0)0—爲佳’又以一 Ο-爲最佳。 R1爲可具有氟原子之碳數2以上之烴基。 含氟化合物(C),爲其構造中至少具有1個氟原子 之化合物。因此,該含氟化合物(C )之R1以外的部份( 例如後述之通式(C- 1)中之R2)未含有氟原子時,Ri 爲氟取代烴基。該含氟化合物(C )之R1以外的部份含有 氟原子時’ R1可爲無取代之烴基,或爲氟取代之烴基。 R1之烴基,可爲僅由碳原子及氫原子所形成之烴基 ,或可爲該無取代之煙基中之氫原子的一部份或全部被氟 原子所取代之氟取代烴基。 烴基可爲脂肪族烴基,或芳香族烴基亦可。 -11 - 200923574 其中,本申請專利範圍及說明書中之「脂肪族」,係 爲相對於芳香族之相對槪念,係定義爲不具有芳香族性之 基、化合物等之意。 脂肪族烴基,係指不具有芳香族性之烴基。脂肪族烴 基可爲飽和或不飽和之任一者皆可,通常以飽和者爲佳。 即,脂肪族烴基,以無取代之烷基或氟取代烷基爲佳。 無取代之烷基,可爲直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀中任一者 皆可’又,亦可爲直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基與環狀烷基之組 合亦可。 無取代之直鏈狀之烷基,例如以碳數2〜1 〇爲佳,以 碳數2〜8爲更佳。具體而言,例如,乙基、n-丙基、n —丁基、η—戊基、n_己基、n_庚基、η —辛基、η-壬 基、η—癸基等。 無取代之支鏈狀之烷基,以碳數3〜1 0爲佳,以碳數 3〜8爲更佳。支鏈狀之烷基,以第3級烷基爲佳,特別 是以下述通式(c 一 1)所表示之基爲佳。 【化3】 R7 ——^-R8 R9 …(c _ 1 ) 〔式中,R7〜R9爲各自獨立之碳數〗〜5之直鏈狀之 烷基〕。 R7〜R9之烷基,以乙基或甲基爲佳,特別是以甲基 爲佳。 -12- 200923574 無取代之環狀之烷基,例如,單環鏈院,或二環鏈烷 、三環鏈烷、四環鏈烷等多環鏈烷中去除丨個氫原子所得 之基等。具體而言例如,環戊基、環己基等之單環院基, 或金剛烷基、降冰片烷基、異冰片烷基、三環癸院基、四 環十二烷基等多環烷基。 無取代之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基可與環狀院基組合之 例如,直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基鍵結於作爲取代基之環狀院 基所得之基、環狀之院基鍵結於作爲取代基之直鏈狀或支 鏈狀之烷基所得之基等。 氟取代烷基,例如上述無取代之院基中氫原子之一部 份或全部被氟原子所取代之基等。 氟取代烷基,可爲無取代之烷基中氫原子的一部份或 全部被氟原子所取代之基亦可,或無取代之烷基中氫原子 全部被氟原子所取代之基(全氟烷基)亦可。 R1中’氟取代烷基,以直鏈狀或支鏈狀之氟取代烷 基爲佳,特別是R41 — R42〔式中,R41爲無取代之碳 數1〜9之伸烷基’ R42爲碳數1〜9之氟取代烷基;但, R41與R42之碳數的合計爲10以下〕所表示之基爲佳。 式中,R41以碳數1〜5之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之伸烷基爲 佳,特別是以伸甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基爲佳。 R42以碳數1〜5之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之氟取代烷基爲佳 ’特別是以全氟烷基爲佳,其中又以三氟甲基、四氟乙基 爲佳。 本發明之含氟化合物(C),只要具有上述通式(c) -13- 200923574 所表示之基’且含有氟原子之化合物即可,其構造並未有 特別之限定。例如側鏈具有通式(C )所表示之基的高分 子化合物(聚合物、共聚物)亦可,或低分子化合物(非 聚合物)亦可。 含氟化合物(C )爲低分子化合物時,該含氛化合物 (c) ’以下述通式(c—i)所表示之化合物(以下,亦 稱爲化合物(C 一 1 ))爲佳。 含氟化合物(C )爲高分子化合物時,該含氟化合物 (C)以具有下述通式(cl—i— 〇 、 ( cl _ 1 _ 2 }、( c 1 一 1 一 3 )或(c 1 一 1 — 4 )所表示之結構單位之高分子化 合物(以下,亦稱爲高分子化合物(c 1 ))爲佳。 【化4】 〇 R2—Q—C—R3 …(c _ 丄) 〔式中’ Q係與前述通式(C)中之Q爲相同之內容 ’ R2爲含有可具有氟原子之芳香族環式基的有機基,r3 爲可具有氟原子之碳數2以上之烴基,R2及R3中至少一 者爲具有氟原子〕。 -14- 200923574 【化5】In the formula (C), in the Q, the monovalent hydrophilic group only needs to have at least one hydrogen atom, for example, a hydroxyl group (monoOH), a carboxyl group (_C(=〇)〇H), an amine group (- NH2) and so on. Q is a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the above monovalent hydrophilic group. For example, when the monovalent hydrophilic group is an OH, Q is -Ο. Further, in the case where the 1-valent hydrophilic group is -C(=0)0H, Q is -C(=0)0-. also,! When the hydrophilic group of the valence is an NH2, Q is an NH-. Q is preferably a 0 - or a C (=0) 0 - and a Ο - is best. R1 is a hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom. The fluorine-containing compound (C) is a compound having at least one fluorine atom in its structure. Therefore, when a portion other than R1 of the fluorine-containing compound (C) (for example, R2 in the formula (C-1) described later) does not contain a fluorine atom, Ri is a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. When a portion other than R1 of the fluorine-containing compound (C) contains a fluorine atom, 'R1' may be an unsubstituted hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group of R1 may be a hydrocarbon group formed only of a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group which may be partially or wholly replaced by a fluorine atom of a hydrogen atom in the unsubstituted thio group. The hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. -11 - 200923574 The "aliphatic" in the scope of the patent application and the description of the present invention is a relative concept of aromatics, and is defined as a group having no aromaticity, a compound or the like. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group means a hydrocarbon group which does not have aromaticity. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be either saturated or unsaturated, and it is usually preferred to saturate. That is, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or a fluorine-substituted alkyl group. The unsubstituted alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, or may be a combination of a linear or branched alkyl group and a cyclic alkyl group. The unsubstituted linear alkyl group is preferably, for example, a carbon number of 2 to 1 Å, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 8. Specifically, for example, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, η-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, η-octyl, η-fluorenyl, η-fluorenyl and the like. The unsubstituted branched alkyl group is preferably a carbon number of 3 to 10, more preferably a carbon number of 3 to 8. The branched alkyl group is preferably a third-order alkyl group, and particularly preferably a group represented by the following formula (c-1). [Chemical 3] R7 ——^-R8 R9 (c _ 1 ) wherein R7 to R9 are each a straight-chain alkyl group having an independent carbon number of 〜5. The alkyl group of R7 to R9 is preferably an ethyl group or a methyl group, particularly preferably a methyl group. -12- 200923574 Unsubstituted cyclic alkyl group, for example, a monocyclic chain, or a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a polycyclic alkane such as a bicycloalkane, a tricycloalkane or a tetracycloalkane . Specifically, for example, a monocyclic ring group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycycloalkyl group such as an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a tricyclic fluorene group, or a tetracyclododecyl group. . An unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group may be combined with a cyclic building group, for example, a linear or branched alkyl group bonded to a ring-based base group as a substituent, and a ring The base of the compound is bonded to a base of a linear or branched alkyl group as a substituent. The fluorine-substituted alkyl group is, for example, a group in which one or all of hydrogen atoms in the above-mentioned unsubstituted compound group is substituted by a fluorine atom. a fluorine-substituted alkyl group which may be a group in which a part or all of a hydrogen atom in an unsubstituted alkyl group is substituted by a fluorine atom, or a group in which an alkyl group in an unsubstituted alkyl group is completely substituted by a fluorine atom (all Fluoroalkyl) is also acceptable. The fluorine-substituted alkyl group in R1 is preferably a linear or branched fluorine-substituted alkyl group, particularly R41-R42 (wherein R41 is an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms' R42 is The fluorine-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms; preferably, the total of the carbon numbers of R41 and R42 is 10 or less. In the formula, R41 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a propyl group. R42 is preferably a linear or branched fluorine-substituted alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Specifically, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferred, and a trifluoromethyl group or a tetrafluoroethyl group is preferred. The fluorine-containing compound (C) of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has a compound represented by the above formula (c) - 13 to 200923574 and contains a fluorine atom. For example, a polymer compound (polymer, copolymer) having a side chain having a group represented by the formula (C) may be used, or a low molecular compound (non-polymer) may be used. When the fluorine-containing compound (C) is a low molecular compound, the compound (c)' is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (c-i) (hereinafter, also referred to as a compound (C-1)). When the fluorine-containing compound (C) is a polymer compound, the fluorine-containing compound (C) has the following general formula (cl—i—〇, ( cl _ 1 _ 2 }, ( c 1−1−3) or ( The polymer compound of the structural unit represented by c 1 -1 - 4 ) (hereinafter also referred to as polymer compound (c 1 )) is preferred. [Chemical 4] 〇R2—Q—C—R3 (c _ 丄[wherein Q is the same as Q in the above formula (C)] R2 is an organic group containing an aromatic ring group which may have a fluorine atom, and r3 is a carbon number which may have a fluorine atom of 2 or more a hydrocarbon group, at least one of R2 and R3 having a fluorine atom]. -14- 200923574

〔式中,R51爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基, R52〜R5 5爲各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子,R52〜R55中至少 1個爲氟原子,R56爲可具有氟原子之碳數2以上之烴基 ;R01爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基,R62〜R65爲 各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子,R66爲具有氟原子之碳數2 -15- 200923574 以上之烴基〕。 以下,將對化合物(C 一 1 )、高分子化合物(c 1 ) 作更詳細之說明。 〔化合物(C — 1 )〕 式(c 一 1)中,R2之有機基,爲含有芳香族環式基 之基,可爲僅由芳香族環式基所構成’或由芳香族環式基 ,與芳香族環式基以外之其他基所構成亦可。 R2之有機基,以具有取代基之芳香族烴環去除1個 氫原子所得之基爲佳。 前述芳香族烴環之環骨架’例如碳數6〜1 5者爲佳’ 例如,苯環、萘環、菲環、蒽環等。其中’又以苯環爲最 佳。 具有芳香族烴環之取代基之數,可爲1個,或2個以 上亦可,較佳爲1個。 則述具有方香烴環之取代基’較佳者爲,含有聚合性 基之取代基等。 聚合性基爲’可使具有該聚合性基之化合物進行自由 基聚合等聚合之基。聚合性基’一般而言,可使用作爲單 體使用之聚合性基’例如’具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之基等 〇 具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之基,例如,CH2 = qRG” _ (CH2)b—所表不之基、CH2 = C(R°3) — C( = Ο) - 〇 —所表示 之基等。其中又以CH2=C(RQ3) — (CH2)b —所表示之基、 -16- 200923574 ch2= c(rG3) — c(= 〇) — 〇 —所表示之基爲佳。 式中’ rG3爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基。 rQ3之低級烷基,具體而言,例如甲基、乙基、丙基 、異丙基、η- 丁基、異丁基、tert- 丁基、戊基、異戊基 、新戊基等低級之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基。 又’ 之鹵化低級烷基,具體而言,例如上述低級 烷基之氫原子的一部份或全部被鹵素原子所取代之基等。 該鹵素原子例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,特 別是以氟原子爲佳。 R133以氫原子、低級烷基或氟化低級烷基爲更佳,以 氫原子或甲基爲最佳。 b爲0〜2之整數,以〇或1爲佳,以〇爲最佳。 含有聚合性基之取代基,可爲僅由聚合性基所構成之 基’或可爲由聚合性基,與聚合性基以外之其他之基所構 成之基亦可。 聚合性基’與聚合性基以外之其他之基所構成之基’ 例如’上述之聚合性基,與2價之連結基所構成之基等。 2價之連結基’例如,烴基、含有雜原子之基等。烴基, 例如’與上述RG1之伸烷基爲相同之基等。雜原子係爲碳 原子及氫原子以外之原子,例如氧原子、氮原子、硫原子 、鹵素原子等。含有雜原子之基,例如,一 0-、一 C(=〇) 一 ' —C(=0)— ◦-、- NH—、— NR°4(R°4 爲烷基)— 、一 NH-C(=0)—、= N-、該些基與2價之烴基之組合 等。 -17- 200923574 本發明中,R2之有機基爲’取代基以具有由含有聚 合性基之取代基的芳香族烴環去除1個之氫原子所得之基 爲佳。其中又以含有聚合性基之取代基爲,具有通式ch2 = C(R03)— (CH2)b—所表示之基’或通式 — C(= 0)一 〇 —所表示之基者爲佳。式中,R〇3、b分別與前 述內容爲相同之內容。 又,R2中,除含有前述聚合性基之取代基以外,前 述芳香族烴環可具有之取代基,例如,鹵素原子、院基、 烷氧基、鹵化低級烷基、氧原子(=Ο )等。 本發明中,前述芳香族烴環之取代基,以至少具有i 個氟原子爲佳。該情形中,芳香族烴環之氟化率,即,相 k寸於該方香族煙環所含之氫原子及氟原子之合計數的氟原 子數之比例(% ),以1 0〜1 0 0 %爲佳,以5 0〜1 〇 〇 %爲更 佳,以1 〇 〇 %爲最佳。即’以芳香族烴環中之氫原子全部 被氟原子所取代者爲最佳。 R3 ’例如與前述R1爲相同之內容。 化合物(c~l)爲’其構造中至少具有1個氟原子之 化合物。因此’前述R2不具有氟原子之情形時,R3爲具 有氟原子。前述R2具有氟原子之情形時,R3可具有氟原 子,或不具有氟原子皆可。又,前述R3不具有氟原子之 情形時’ r2爲具有氟原子。前述R3具有氟原子時,R2可 具有氟原子’或不具有氟原子皆可。 化合物(C~:l),特別是以下述通式(C—1— 1)、 (C_ 1 ~ 2) 、 (C_l— 3)或(c:— 1— 4)所表示之化合 -18- 200923574 物爲佳。 【化6】Wherein R51 is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group; R52 to R5 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom; at least one of R52 to R55 is a fluorine atom, and R56 is a fluorine atom. a hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms; R01 is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group; R62 to R65 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and R66 is a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom having a carbon number of 2 -15 to 200923574 or more ]. Hereinafter, the compound (C-1) and the polymer compound (c1) will be described in more detail. [Compound (C-1)] In the formula (c-1), the organic group of R2 is a group containing an aromatic ring group, and may be composed of only an aromatic ring group or an aromatic ring group. It may be composed of a base other than the aromatic ring group. The organic group of R2 is preferably a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having a substituent. The ring skeleton of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a carbon number of 6 to 15, for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring or the like. Among them, the benzene ring is the best. The number of the substituents having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring may be one, or two or more, and preferably one. The substituent having a carbacyclic ring is preferably a substituent containing a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is a group in which a compound having such a polymerizable group can be subjected to polymerization such as radical polymerization. Polymerizable Group 'In general, a polymerizable group used as a monomer, for example, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, such as a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, for example, CH2 = qRG" _ ( CH2)b—the base of the table, CH2 = C(R°3) — C( = Ο) - 〇—the base expressed, etc., which is represented by CH2=C(RQ3) — (CH2)b The base of -16-200923574 ch2= c(rG3) - c(= 〇) - 〇 - is preferably a group. In the formula, 'rG3 is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group. The lower alkane of rQ3 a specific linear chain such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, η-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl or neopentyl Or a branched alkyl group. Further, a halogenated lower alkyl group, for example, a group in which a part or all of a hydrogen atom of the lower alkyl group is substituted by a halogen atom, etc. The halogen atom, for example, a fluorine atom, A chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc., particularly preferably a fluorine atom. R133 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a fluorinated lower alkyl group, and is a hydrogen atom or Preferably, b is an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 〇 or 1 and 〇 is the most preferable. The substituent containing a polymerizable group may be a base composed only of a polymerizable group or may be The polymerizable group may be a group composed of a group other than the polymerizable group. The polymerizable group 'and a group other than a polymerizable group', for example, the above-mentioned polymerizable group, and a bivalent A group consisting of a linking group, etc. The linking group of a valence is, for example, a hydrocarbon group or a group containing a hetero atom. The hydrocarbon group is, for example, the same as the alkyl group of the above RG1. The hetero atom is a carbon atom and hydrogen. An atom other than an atom, such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a halogen atom, etc. A group containing a hetero atom, for example, a 0-, a C (=〇) a '-C (=0) - ◦-, - NH—, —NR°4 (R°4 is an alkyl group)—, one NH—C(=0)—, =N-, a combination of these groups with a divalent hydrocarbon group, etc. -17- 200923574 In the present invention The organic group of R2 is preferably a substituent which is obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having a substituent containing a polymerizable group. The substituent of the polymerizable group is preferably a base represented by the formula of the formula ch2 = C(R03) - (CH2)b - or the formula - C (= 0) - 〇 - in the formula. R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R The alkoxy group, the halogenated lower alkyl group, the oxygen atom (=Ο), etc. In the present invention, the substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring preferably has at least one fluorine atom. In this case, the fluorination rate of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring, that is, the ratio (%) of the number of fluorine atoms in the total number of hydrogen atoms and fluorine atoms contained in the square smog ring, is 1 0~ 1 0 0 % is preferable, and 5 0 to 1 〇〇% is more preferable, and 1 〇〇% is the best. That is, it is preferred that all of the hydrogen atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring are replaced by fluorine atoms. R3' is, for example, the same as the above R1. The compound (c-1) is a compound having at least one fluorine atom in its structure. Therefore, when R2 does not have a fluorine atom, R3 has a fluorine atom. In the case where the above R2 has a fluorine atom, R3 may have a fluorine atom or may have no fluorine atom. Further, when R3 does not have a fluorine atom, 'r2 has a fluorine atom. When R3 has a fluorine atom, R2 may have a fluorine atom or may have no fluorine atom. The compound (C~:l), especially the compound -18- represented by the following formula (C-1 - 1), (C_ 1 ~ 2), (C_1-3) or (c: - 1-4) 200923574 The thing is better. 【化6】

R53 R55 R63R53 R55 R63

(C- 1 - 2}(C-1 - 2}

OO

Ό—C——R 56 (C- 1 - 3) O -〇—C—R66 R65 (C- 1 - 4) 〔式中,R51爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基, R52〜R55爲各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子,R52〜R5 5之中之 至少1個爲氟原子,R56爲可具有氟原子之碳數2以上之 烴基。R61爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基,R62〜 R65爲各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子,R66爲具有氟原子之 -19- 200923574 碳數2以上之烴基〕。 R51 ’例如與前述RG3爲相同之內容。R5i以氫原子、 低級院基或氟化低級院基爲佳,又以氫原子或甲基爲更佳 〇 R52〜R55爲各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子,且r52〜r55 之中之至少1個爲氟原子。R52〜R55,就考慮製造之容易 度時,以全部爲氟原子爲最佳。 R56例如與前述R3爲相同之內容。特別是以無取代或 氟取代之支鏈狀之烷基爲佳,以無取代或氟取代之第3級 烷基,或前述一 R41 — R4 2所表示之基爲更佳。無取代或氟 取代之第3級烷基,以前述通式(c - 1 )所表示之基爲最 佳。 R01例如與前述R51爲相同之內容。 R62〜R65爲各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子。R62〜r65, 於考慮製造之容易性時,以全部爲氟原子,或全部爲氫原 子爲佳。 R66,例如與前述R56所列舉之可具有氟原子之碳數2 以上之烴基中,可具有氟原子之基爲相同之內容。 化合物(C 一 1),於上述化合物中,又以通式(C-1— 1)或(C— 1 一 4)所表示之化合物爲佳。其中又以下 述通式(c—l—ll) 、 ( C - 1 - 12) 、 ( C - 1-41) ’ 或(C一 1 一 42)所表示之化合物爲更佳。 -20- 200923574 【化7】Ό—C—R 56 (C-1 - 3) O -〇—C—R66 R65 (C-1 - 4) wherein R51 is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group, R52 R55 At least one of R52 to R5 5 is a fluorine atom, and R56 is a hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom, which are independent hydrogen atoms or fluorine atoms. R61 is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group, R62 to R65 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and R66 is a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom of -19-200923574 having a carbon number of 2 or more. R51' is the same as the aforementioned RG3, for example. R5i is preferably a hydrogen atom, a low-grade courtyard group or a fluorinated lower-grade courtyard group, and further preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R52 to R55 are independent hydrogen atoms or fluorine atoms, and at least 1 of r52 to r55. One is a fluorine atom. When R52 to R55 are considered to be easy to manufacture, it is preferable to use all of the fluorine atoms. R56 is, for example, the same as the aforementioned R3. In particular, it is preferably an unsubstituted or fluorine-substituted branched alkyl group, and the unsubstituted or fluorine-substituted third-order alkyl group or the above-mentioned one represented by R41 to R4 2 is more preferable. The unsubstituted or fluorine-substituted third-order alkyl group is preferably a group represented by the above formula (c-1). R01 is, for example, the same as the aforementioned R51. R62 to R65 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. R62 to r65 are preferably all fluorine atoms or all hydrogen atoms in consideration of easiness of production. R66 is, for example, the same as the hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom as exemplified in the above R56, and may have the same fluorine atom. The compound (C-1), in the above compound, is preferably a compound represented by the formula (C-1-1) or (C-1 to 4). Further, the compound represented by the following formula (c-l-ll), (C-1-12), (C-1-41)' or (C-l-42) is more preferable. -20- 200923574 【化7】

R64 R65 …(c - 1 - 4 2) 〔式中,R51、R7〜R9、R61〜R65、R41〜R42分別與 前述爲相同之內容〕。 化合物(C - 1 )於無須再處理下,即可作爲光阻組成 物之添加劑使用。 又,化合物(C—1),如前述通式(C—1 一 1)、( C- 1 - 2 ) 、 (C— 1一3)或(C—1— 4)所表示之化合物 般,爲含有聚合性基之化合物時,該化合物(C - 1 )可單 -21 - 200923574 獨進行聚合,或與其他聚合性化合物共聚之方式,作爲高 分子化合物使用。該高分子化合物,與化合物(C - 1 )相 同般,可適合作爲浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物之添加劑使用 〇R64 R65 (c - 1 - 4 2) wherein R51, R7 to R9, R61 to R65, and R41 to R42 are the same as those described above. The compound (C-1) can be used as an additive for the photoresist composition without further treatment. Further, the compound (C-1) is as the compound represented by the above formula (C-1 to 1), (C-1 - 2 ), (C-1 to 3) or (C-1 to 4), In the case of a compound containing a polymerizable group, the compound (C-1) can be used as a polymer compound by polymerization alone or in combination with other polymerizable compounds. This polymer compound is suitable as an additive for a photoresist composition for immersion exposure, similar to the compound (C-1).

上述內容中,通式(C— 1-1) 、 ( c- 1 - 2) 、( C 一 1 一 3)或(C— 1 一 4)所表示之化合物,亦可使用於製 造後述高分子化合物(C1)之用。 〔高分子化合物(C1 )〕 高分子化合物(C1),爲具有前述通式(cl — 1— 1) 、(cl - 1 - 2 ) 、(cl— 1一 3)或(Cl— 1— 4)所表示之 結構單位(以下,亦稱爲結構單位(c 1 ))。 通式(cl— 1 一 1)〜(cl — 1—4)中之 R51 〜R56、 R61〜R66爲分別與前述通式(C 一 1 一 1 )〜(C — 1 一 4 ) 中之R51〜R56、RW〜R66爲相同之內容。 高分子化合物(C 1 )中,結構單位(c 1 )以具有前述 通式(c 1 一 1 一 1 )或(c 1 一 1 — 2 )所表示之結構單位爲佳 ,以具有通式(c 1 - 1 一 1 )所表示之結構單位爲更佳。特 別是以具有下述通式(cl — 1— 11)或(cl一 i—12)所表 示之結構單位爲最佳。 -22- 200923574 【化8】In the above, the compound represented by the formula (C-1-1), (c-1 - 2), (C-1 to 3) or (C-1 to 4) may be used in the production of the polymer described later. For the compound (C1). [Polymer compound (C1)] The polymer compound (C1) has the above formula (cl-1 - 1), (cl - 1 - 2 ), (cl - 1 - 3) or (Cl - 1 - 4) The structural unit represented (hereinafter also referred to as structural unit (c 1 )). R51 to R56 and R61 to R66 in the formula (cl-1 to 1) to (cl-1 to 4) are respectively R51 in the above formula (C-1 to 1) to (C-1 to 4) ~R56, RW~R66 are the same content. In the polymer compound (C 1 ), the structural unit (c 1 ) is preferably a structural unit represented by the above formula (c 1 -1 -1 ) or (c 1 -1 - 2 ), and has a formula ( The structural unit represented by c 1 - 1 - 1 ) is more preferable. In particular, it is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (cl - 1 - 11) or (cl - i - 12). -22- 200923574 【化8】

〔式中,R51、R7 〜R9、R61 〜R65、R41 〜R42 前述內容爲相同之內容〕。 高分子化合物(c 1 )中’結構單位(c 1 )之比 對於構成高分子化合物(C 1 )之全結構單位之合 3 〇〜1 〇 〇莫耳%爲佳,以5 0〜1 〇 〇莫耳%爲更佳,. 100莫耳%爲最佳。 高分子化合物(C1 ),於無損本發明之效果之 ,可具有結構單位(c 1 )以外之結構單位。該結構 並未有特別限定,其以可與前述通式(C 一 1 一 1) - 1 - 4 )中任一者所表示之化合物共聚之化合物所 結構單位爲佳。該結構單位,例如,後述浸潤式曝 阻組成物中,可具有樹脂成份(A1 )中,所列舉 單位(a 1 )〜(a4 )、羥基苯乙烯所衍生之結構單 乙烯所衍生之結構單位等。特別是以結構單位(a】 -23- 1-12) 分別與 例,相 計,以 4 60〜 範圍中 單位, 〜(C 衍生之 光用光 之結構 位、苯 )爲佳 200923574 高分子化合物(c 1 )之質量平均分子量(Mw )(凝 膠滲透色層分析法之聚苯乙烯換算基準)並未有特別限定 ,其以 2000〜50000爲佳,以 3000〜30000爲更佳,以 5 0 00〜20000爲最佳。小於該範圍之上限時,作爲光阻使 用時,對光阻溶劑可得到充分之溶解性,大於該範圍之下 限時,可得到良好之耐乾蝕刻性或良好之光阻圖型截面形 狀。 又,分散度(Mw/Mn)以1.0〜5.0爲佳,以1.0〜 3_〇爲更佳’以1.2〜2.5爲最佳。又,Μη爲數平均分子 量。 高分子化合物(C 1 ) ’適合作爲浸潤式曝光用光阻組 成物之添加劑使用。 &lt;含氟化合物(C)之製造方法&gt; 本發明之含氟化合物(C ),例如,可於具有一 QH〔 Q係與前述爲相同之內容〕所表示之親水基的化合物之親 水基,導入一(:(=0)— rUri係與前述爲相同之內容〕 所表示之基之方式予以製造。 導入一 c(=0)—Ri所表示之基之方法,可利用以往 公知之方法進行。例如以前述通式(C - 1 )所表示之化合 物(C — 1 )爲例時,下述通式(〗)所表示之化合物(以 下,亦稱爲化合物(I )),與下述通式(11 )所表示之 化合物(以下,亦稱爲化合物(π))進行反應以製造化 -24 - 200923574 物(c - 1 )。 【化9】 3 R I o=c I xh R2 QH …(i ) 〔式中,R2、Q、R3爲分別與前述通式(C—1)中之 R2、Q、R3爲相同之內容,xh爲鹵素原子或羥基〕。 xh之鹵素原子,例如溴原子、氯原子、碘原子、氟 原子等。Xh,就具有優良反應性等觀點,以溴原子或氯原 子爲佳,又以氯原子爲最佳。 使化合物(I )與化合物(II)進行反應之方法,並 未有特別限定,例如,可於反應溶劑中,鹼存在下,使化 合物(I)及化合物(II )接觸之方法等。該方法中,xh 爲鹵素原子之情形,例如,可於鹼之存在下,於溶解有化 合物(I )之反應溶劑的溶液中,添加化合物(11 )之方 式予以實施。又,Xh爲羥基之情形中,例如,於鹼及縮 合劑之存在下,於溶解有化合物(II )之反應溶劑所得之 溶液中’經由添加化合物(ί)之方式,使化合物(〗)與 化合物(II)進行反應(縮合反應)。又,xh爲羥基之情 形’例如’於酸之存在下,於溶解有化合物(丨n之反應 溶劑的溶液中’以添加化合物(I)之方式,使化合物(I )與化合物(11 )進行反應(縮合反應)等。 化合物(I )、化合物(II ),例如可使用市售之化 合物’或使用合成之化合物皆可。 &amp;應溶劑’只要可溶解原料之化合物(I )及化合物 -25- 200923574 (11 )之溶劑即可,具體而言,例如四氫呋喃(T H F )、 丙酮、二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)、二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基亞 砸(DMSO )、乙腈等。 鹼,例如三乙基胺、4 一二甲基胺吡啶(DMAP )、吡 啶等有機鹼;氫化鈉、K2C〇3、Cs2C〇3等無機鹼等。 酸,例如可使用脫水縮合所常用之酸,具體而言,例 如鹽酸、硫酸、磷酸等無機酸類,或甲烷磺酸、三氟甲烷 磺酸、苯磺酸、p-甲苯磺酸等有機酸類。其可單獨使用 ,或將2種類以上組合使用亦可。 縮合劑,例如乙基二異丙基胺基羰二醯亞胺鹽酸鹽( EDC1 )、二環己基羧醯亞胺(DCC )、二異丙基羰二醯亞 胺、羰二咪唑等羰二醯亞胺試劑或四乙基焦磷酸鹽、苯并 三唑- N-羥基三二甲基胺基鱗六氟磷化物鹽(Bop試劑 )等。 化合物(11 )之添加量,相對於化合物(I ),以約1 〜3莫耳倍量爲佳’以1〜2莫耳倍量爲更佳。 反應溫度,以一 20〜40°C爲佳,以0〜30°C爲更佳。 反應時間’依化合物(1 )及化合物(11 )之反應性 或反應溫度等而有所不同’通常以30〜24〇分鐘爲佳,以 60〜180分鐘爲更仏 又,含氟化合物(C )爲闻分子化合物時’可將衍生 爲所期待結構單位之單體(例如則述通式(C 一 1 一 1 )〜 (C 一 1 一 4 )中任一所表示之化合物)’例如使用偶氮二 異丁腈(AIBN)等自由基聚合起始劑’依公知之自由基 -26- 200923574 聚合等進行聚合而可製得。 又’例如可於具有- QH〔 Q係與前述爲相同之內容 〕所表示之親水基之高分子化合物(聚羥基苯乙烯等羥基 苯乙烯系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂等)之親水基上,如上所述 般’以導入—C(=0) - R1〔R1係與前述爲相同之內容〕 所表示之基之方式製造。 上述本發明之含氟化合物(C ),爲以往所未知之新 穎化合物。 含氟化合物(C ),可適合作爲光阻組成物之添加劑 使用,添加含氟化合物(C )之光阻組成物,適合用於浸 潤式曝光使用。 添加有含氟化合物(C )之光阻組成物,只要可作爲 浸潤式曝光使用之物質即可,其並未有特別限定,其例如 可爲含有經由酸之作用而對鹼顯影液之溶解性產生變化之 基材成份,及經由放射線之照射而發生酸之酸產生劑成份 的化學增幅型光阻組成物爲佳。 含氟化合物(C ),特別適合作爲下述本發明之浸潤 式曝光用光阻組成物使用。 《浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物》 本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物,爲含有經由酸之 作用而對鹼顯影液之溶解性產生變化之基材成份(A )( 以下,亦稱爲(A )成份)、經由放射線之照射而發生酸 之酸產生劑成份(B )(以下,亦稱爲(B )成份),及 -27- 200923574 具有前述通式(c)所表示之基,且至少含有1個氟原子 含氟化合物(C)(以下,亦稱爲(C )成份)。 &lt; (A )成份&gt; (A)成份,通常,爲將作爲化學增幅型光阻用之基 材成份使用之有機化合物以1種單獨,或2種以上混合使 用。 其中,「基材成份」係指具有膜形成能之有機化合物 ,較佳爲使用分子量爲500以上之有機化合物。該有機化 合物之分子量爲5 00以上時,可提高膜形成能,且容易形 成奈米程度之光阻圖型。 前述分子量爲500以上之有機化合物,可大致區分爲 分子量爲500以上、未達2000之低分子量之有機化合物 (以下,亦稱爲低分子化合物),與分子量爲2000以上 之高分子量之樹脂(高分子材料)。前述低分子化合物, S常爲使用非聚合物。樹脂(聚合物、共聚物)之情形中 ’ 「分子量」爲使用GPC (凝膠滲透色層分析法)之聚苯 乙稀換算之質量平均分子量。以下,僅稱爲「樹脂」之情 形中’係指分子量爲2000以上之樹脂之意。 (A )成份,可使用經由酸之作用使鹼溶解性產生變 化之樹脂,或使用經由酸之作用使鹼溶解性產生變化之低 分子材料。 本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物爲負型光阻組成物 _ ’ ( A )成份可使用對鹼顯影液具有可溶性之基材成份 -28- 200923574 ’或對該負型光阻組成物添加交聯劑。 該負型光阻組成物,經由曝光使(B )成份產生酸時 ,經由該酸之作用於基材成份與交聯劑之間產生交聯,而 變化爲鹼顯影液爲難溶性。因此,於光阻圖型之形成中’ 對塗佈該負型光阻組成物於基板上所得之光阻膜進行選擇 性曝光時,可使曝光部轉變爲對鹼顯影液爲難溶性的同時 ,未曝光部仍爲對鹼顯影液爲可溶性之未變化下,經由鹼 顯影而形成光阻圖型。 該負型光阻組成物之(A )成份,通常,爲使用對鹼 顯影液爲可溶性之樹脂(以下,亦稱爲鹼可溶性樹脂)。 鹼可溶性樹脂,以具有由α -(羥烷基)丙烯酸、或 α -(羥烷基)丙烯酸之低級烷基酯所選出之至少一個所 衍生之單位的樹脂,可形成具有較少膨潤之良好光阻圖型 ,而爲較佳。又,α -(羥烷基)丙烯酸,爲鍵結於羧基 之α位之碳原子鍵結氫原子所得之丙烯酸,與該α位之碳 原子鍵結羥烷基(較佳爲碳數1〜5之羥烷基)所鍵結之 α -羥烷基丙烯酸之一或二者之意。 交聯劑’例如’通常使用具有羥甲基或烷氧甲基之甘 脲等之胺基系父聯劑時,可形成具有較少膨潤之良好光阻 圖型’而爲較佳。交聯劑之添加量,相對於鹼可溶性樹脂 100質量份’以1〜50質量份爲佳。 本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物爲正型光阻組成物 時’ (A)成份可使用經由酸之作用而增大對鹼顯影液之 溶解性的基材成份。即’該(A )成份,於曝光前對鹼顯 -29- 200923574 影液爲難溶性,經由曝光使前述(B )成份產生酸時,經 由該酸之作用而增大對鹼顯影液之溶解性,因此,於光阻 圖型形成時,對將該正型光阻組成物塗佈於基板上所得之 光阻膜進行選擇性曝光時,曝光部由對鹼顯影液爲難溶性 轉變爲可溶性的同時,未曝光部則爲鹼難溶性之未變化之 狀態,經由鹼顯影而可形成光阻圖型。 本發明之光阻組成物中,(A )成份以經由酸之作用 而增大對鹼顯影液之溶解性的基材成份爲佳。即,本發明 之光阻組成物以正型光阻組成物爲佳。 該(A )成份’可爲經由酸之作用而增大對鹼顯影液 之溶解性的樹脂成份(A1 )(以下,亦稱爲(A1 )成份 )爲佳’或經由酸之作用而增大對鹼顯影液之溶解性的低 分子化合物(A2 )(以下’亦稱爲(A2 )成份)亦可, 或其之之混合物亦可。 〔(A1 )成份〕 (A 1 )成份’通常爲使用作爲化學增幅型光阻用之 基材成份之樹脂成份(基礎樹脂),其可單獨丨種,或將 2種以上混合使用亦可。 本發明中,(A 1 )成份,以含有由丙烯酸酯所衍生 之結構單位爲佳。 其中’本說明書與申請專利範圍中,「丙烯酸酯所衍 生之結構單位」係指丙烯酸醋之乙烯性雙鍵經開裂所形成 之結構單位之意。 -30- 200923574 「丙儲酸酯」’係指〇:位之碳原子除鍵結有氫原子之 丙烯酸酯以外,亦包含α位之碳原子鍵結有取代基(氫原 子以外之原子或基)之化合物之槪念。取代基,例如低級 烷基、鹵化低級烷基等。 又,丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位之α位(α位之碳原 子),於未有特別限定下,係指鍵結於羰基之碳原子。 丙烯酸酯中,位取代基之低級烷基,具體而言,例 如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、η— 丁基、異丁基、tert — 丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基等低級之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之 烷基等。 又,鹵化低級烷基,具體而言,以上述「α位取代基 之低級烷基」中之氫原子的一部份或全部被鹵素原子取代 所得之基等。該鹵素原子,例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子 、碘原子等,特別是以氟原子爲佳。 本發明中’丙烯酸酯之α位所鍵結者,以氫原子、低 級烷基或鹵化低級烷基爲佳,又以氫原子、低級烷基或氟 化低級烷基爲更佳’就工業上容易取得等觀點,以氫原子 或甲基爲最佳。 (A 1 )成份,特別是以具有含有酸解離性溶解抑制 基之丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位(a 1 )爲佳。 又,(A 1 )成份,除結構單位(a 1 )以外,以再具有 含有含內酯之環式基的丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位(a2 ) 爲佳。 (A 1 )成份,除結構單位(a 1 )以外,或結構單位( -31 - 200923574 a 1 )及(a2 )以外,以再具有含有含極性基之脂肪族烴基 之丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位(a3 )爲佳。 .結構單位(a 1 ) 結構單位(a 1 )中之酸解離性溶解抑制基’只要爲解 離前使(A 1 )成份全體具有鹼不溶性之驗溶解抑制性的 同時,經由酸之解離後使此(A 1 )成份全體增大對鹼顯 影液之溶解性之基即可,其可使用目前爲止被提案作爲化 學增幅型光阻組成物用基礎樹脂之酸解離性溶解抑制基之 物。一般而言,已知者例如可與(甲基)丙烯酸中之羧基 形成環狀或鏈狀之三級烷基酯之基,或烷氧烷基等縮醛型 酸解離性溶解抑制基等。 其中,「三級烷基酯」,例如羧基之氫原子被鏈狀或 環狀之烷基取代而形成酯,使該羰氧基(―c(0) —0-)末端之氧原子,鍵結於前述鏈狀或環狀之院基之三級碳 原子所得之結構。前述三級烷基酯中,經由酸之作用時, 即可切斷氧原子與三級碳原子之間的鍵結。 又,前述鏈狀或環狀之烷基可具有取代基。 以下’經由羧基與三級烷基酯所形成之具有酸解離性 之基,方便上將其稱爲「三級烷基酯型酸解離性溶解抑制 基」° 三級烷基酯型酸解離性溶解抑制基,例如脂肪族支鏈 狀酸解離性溶解抑制基、含有脂肪族環式基之酸解離性溶 解抑制基等。 -32- 200923574 「脂肪族支鏈狀」係指不具有芳香族性之支鏈狀結構 之意。「脂肪族支鏈狀酸解離性溶解抑制基」之結構’並 未限定爲由碳與氫所形成之基(烴基),但以烴基爲佳。 又,「烴基」可爲飽和或不飽和者皆可,一般以飽和者爲 佳。 脂肪族支鏈狀酸解離性溶解抑制基以碳數4〜8之三 級烷基爲佳,具體而言,例如tert - 丁基、tert -戊基、 tert —庚基等。 「脂肪族環式基」係指不具有芳香族性之單環式基或 多環式基。 結構單位(a 1 )中之「脂肪族環式基」,其可具有取 代基或未取有取代基皆可。取代基例如碳數1〜5之低級 烷基、氟原子、被氟原子取代之碳數1〜5之氟化低級烷 基、氧原子(=〇 )等。 「脂肪族環式基」中去除取代基之基本的環結構,並 未限定由碳與氫所形成之基(烴基),但以烴基爲佳。又 ,「烴基」可爲飽和或不飽和者皆可,一般又以飽和者爲 佳。「脂肪族環式基」以多環式基爲較佳。 脂肪族環式基,例如可被低級烷基、氟原子或氟化烷 基所取代者,或未取代亦可之由單環鏈烷、二環鏈烷、三 環鏈烷、四環鏈烷等多環鏈烷中去除1個以上氫原子所得 之基等。更具體而言,例如由環戊烷、環己烷等單環鏈烷 或,金剛烷、降冰片烷、異菠烷、三環癸烷、四環十二烷 等多環鏈烷中去除1個以上氫原子所得之基等。 -33- 200923574 含有脂肪族環式基之酸解離性溶解抑制基’例如於環 狀之院基的環骨架上具有三級碳原子之基等’具體而言’ 例如2 —甲基一 2-金剛院基,或2 —乙基一 2-金剛院基 等。或例如下述通式(a Γ’ 一 1 )〜(a 1 ” 一 6 )所示結構單 位中,鍵結於羰氧基(一 c(〇) 一0一)之氧原子之基般 ,具有金剛烷基、環己基、環戊基、降冰片烷基、三環癸 烷基、四環十二烷基等之脂肪族環式基,及與其鍵結之具 有三級碳原子之支鏈狀伸烷基之基等。 【化1 0】[In the formula, R51, R7 to R9, R61 to R65, and R41 to R42 are the same contents as described above]. The ratio of the structural unit (c 1 ) in the polymer compound (c 1 ) is preferably 3 〇 〜1 〇〇 mol % of the total structural unit constituting the polymer compound (C 1 ), and is preferably 5 0 〜1 〇 〇 Moile% is better, 100% Mo is the best. The polymer compound (C1) may have a structural unit other than the structural unit (c 1 ) without impairing the effects of the present invention. The structure is not particularly limited, and it is preferably a structural unit of a compound copolymerizable with a compound represented by any one of the above formula (C-1 1 -1 - 1 - 4 ). The structural unit, for example, the infiltrated exposure composition described later may have a structural unit derived from the structural unit (a1), the listed units (a 1 ) to (a4 ), and the structural styrene derived from hydroxystyrene. Wait. In particular, the structural unit (a) -23- 1-12) and the example, the phase, in units of 4 60~ range, ~ (C-derived light light structure position, benzene) is better 200923574 polymer compound The mass average molecular weight (Mw) of (c 1 ) (polystyrene conversion standard of gel permeation chromatography) is not particularly limited, and it is preferably from 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 30,000, and is 5 0 00~20000 is the best. When it is less than the upper limit of the range, when it is used as a photoresist, sufficient solubility is obtained for the resist solvent, and when it is larger than the lower limit of the range, good dry etching resistance or a good resist pattern cross-sectional shape can be obtained. Further, the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) is preferably 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably 1.0 to 3 Å, and most preferably 1.2 to 2.5. Further, Μη is a number average molecular weight. The polymer compound (C 1 ) ' is suitably used as an additive for a photoresist composition for immersion exposure. &lt;Production Method of Fluorinated Compound (C)&gt; The fluorine-containing compound (C) of the present invention may be, for example, a hydrophilic group of a compound having a hydrophilic group represented by a QH [Q system and the same content as described above] It is manufactured by introducing a base represented by one (: (=0) - rUri is the same as the above). A method of introducing a base represented by c (=0) - Ri can be a conventionally known method. For example, when the compound (C-1) represented by the above formula (C-1) is exemplified, the compound represented by the following formula (I) (hereinafter, also referred to as the compound (I)), The compound represented by the above formula (11) (hereinafter, also referred to as compound (π)) is reacted to produce a compound -2423, 2009 (574). [Chem. 9] 3 RI o = c I xh R2 QH (i) wherein R2, Q, and R3 are the same as those of R2, Q, and R3 in the above formula (C-1), and xh is a halogen atom or a hydroxyl group. a bromine atom, a chlorine atom, an iodine atom, a fluorine atom, etc. Xh has an excellent reactivity, and a bromine atom or a chlorine atom is used. Preferably, the chlorine atom is preferred. The method for reacting the compound (I) with the compound (II) is not particularly limited. For example, the compound (I) and the compound can be obtained in the presence of a base in a reaction solvent. (II) a method of contacting, etc. In the method, when xh is a halogen atom, for example, a compound (11) may be added to a solution in which a reaction solvent of the compound (I) is dissolved in the presence of a base. Further, in the case where Xh is a hydroxyl group, for example, in the presence of a base and a condensing agent, in a solution obtained by dissolving a reaction solvent of the compound (II), a compound is obtained by adding a compound (ί) a reaction with a compound (II) (condensation reaction). Further, when xh is a hydroxyl group, for example, in the presence of an acid, a compound (I is added in a solution of a reaction solvent of 丨n) In the embodiment, the compound (I) is allowed to react with the compound (11) (condensation reaction), etc. The compound (I) or the compound (II) can be, for example, a commercially available compound or a synthetic compound can be used. The solvent should be a solvent which can dissolve the compound (I) of the starting material and the compound-25-200923574 (11), specifically, for example, tetrahydrofuran (THF), acetone, dimethylformamide (DMF), Dimethyl acetamide, dimethyl hydrazine (DMSO), acetonitrile, etc. Alkali, such as triethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), pyridine and other organic bases; sodium hydride, K2C〇3, An inorganic base such as Cs2C〇3, etc. The acid may be, for example, an acid commonly used for dehydration condensation, specifically, an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid, or methanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, or p. - Organic acids such as toluenesulfonic acid. They may be used singly or in combination of two or more types. a condensing agent such as ethyldiisopropylaminocarbonyldiamine imide hydrochloride (EDC1), dicyclohexylcarboximine (DCC), diisopropylcarbonyldiimide, carbonyldiimidazole, etc. A diterpene imine reagent or a tetraethyl pyrophosphate, a benzotriazole-N-hydroxytrimethylamine squamous hexafluorophosphide salt (Bop reagent) or the like. The amount of the compound (11) to be added is preferably from about 1 to 3 moles per mole of the compound (I), and more preferably from 1 to 2 moles. The reaction temperature is preferably from 20 to 40 ° C, more preferably from 0 to 30 ° C. The reaction time ' differs depending on the reactivity of the compound (1) and the compound (11), the reaction temperature, etc., usually 30 to 24 minutes, preferably 60 to 180 minutes, and a fluorine-containing compound (C). In the case of a molecular compound, a monomer which can be derivatized into a desired structural unit (for example, a compound represented by any one of the formulae (C-1 to 1) to (C-1 to 4)) can be used, for example. A radical polymerization initiator such as azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) can be obtained by polymerization according to a known radical -26-200923574 polymerization or the like. Further, for example, the hydrophilic group of a hydrophilic compound (such as a hydroxystyrene resin such as polyhydroxystyrene or an acrylic resin) having a hydrophilic group represented by -QH [Q is the same as the above] may be used. The above is manufactured by introducing the basis of -C(=0) - R1 [R1 is the same as described above]. The above fluorine-containing compound (C) of the present invention is a novel compound which has not been known in the past. The fluorine-containing compound (C) can be suitably used as an additive for a photoresist composition, and a photoresist composition containing a fluorine-containing compound (C) is added, which is suitable for use in an immersion exposure. The photoresist composition to which the fluorine-containing compound (C) is added is not particularly limited as long as it can be used as an immersion exposure, and for example, it may contain a solubility to an alkali developer via an action of an acid. It is preferred that the substrate component which changes, and the chemically amplified photoresist composition which generates an acid generator component of the acid by irradiation of radiation. The fluorine-containing compound (C) is particularly suitably used as the resist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention described below. <<The photoresist composition for immersion exposure>> The photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention is a substrate component (A) containing a change in solubility of an alkali developer via an action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as An acid generator component (B) (hereinafter, also referred to as (B) component) which is an acid (A) component and irradiated by radiation, and -27-200923574 has a base represented by the above formula (c) And at least one fluorine atom fluorine-containing compound (C) (hereinafter also referred to as (C) component). &lt;(A) Component&gt; (A) The organic compound to be used as a base material for a chemically amplified photoresist is used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. Here, the "substrate component" means an organic compound having a film forming ability, and an organic compound having a molecular weight of 500 or more is preferably used. When the molecular weight of the organic compound is 500 or more, the film formation energy can be improved, and a photoresist pattern of a nanometer degree can be easily formed. The organic compound having a molecular weight of 500 or more can be roughly classified into an organic compound having a molecular weight of 500 or more and a low molecular weight of less than 2,000 (hereinafter also referred to as a low molecular compound), and a high molecular weight resin having a molecular weight of 2,000 or more (high Molecular material). The aforementioned low molecular compound, S is often a non-polymer. In the case of a resin (polymer, copolymer), 'molecular weight' is a mass average molecular weight converted by polystyrene using GPC (gel permeation chromatography). Hereinafter, the term "resin" as used herein means a resin having a molecular weight of 2,000 or more. As the component (A), a resin which changes the solubility of the alkali by the action of an acid or a low molecular material which changes the solubility of the alkali by the action of an acid can be used. The immersion exposure photoresist composition of the present invention is a negative photoresist composition _ ' (A) component can be used as a base component soluble in an alkali developer -28-200923574' or the negative photoresist composition Add crosslinker. When the negative photoresist composition generates an acid by the (B) component by exposure, cross-linking occurs between the substrate component and the crosslinking agent via the action of the acid, and the alkali developer is insoluble. Therefore, in the formation of the photoresist pattern, when the photoresist film obtained by applying the negative photoresist composition on the substrate is selectively exposed, the exposed portion can be converted to be insoluble to the alkali developer, The unexposed portion is formed into a photoresist pattern by alkali development without being changed to be soluble in the alkali developing solution. The component (A) of the negative resist composition is usually a resin which is soluble in an alkali developer (hereinafter also referred to as an alkali-soluble resin). The alkali-soluble resin, which is a resin having a unit derived from at least one selected from the group consisting of α-(hydroxyalkyl)acrylic acid or a lower alkyl ester of α-(hydroxyalkyl)acrylic acid, can form a good swelling with less swelling The photoresist pattern is preferred. Further, α-(hydroxyalkyl)acrylic acid is an acrylic acid obtained by bonding a hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom at the α position of a carboxyl group, and a hydroxyalkyl group is bonded to a carbon atom of the α-position (preferably, a carbon number of 1 to 1) The hydroxyalkyl group of 5 is one or both of the bonded alpha-hydroxyalkylacrylic acid. When the cross-linking agent ', for example, an amine-based parent-linking agent having a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group of glycolide or the like is usually used, a good photoresist pattern having less swelling is formed, and it is preferred. The amount of the crosslinking agent to be added is preferably from 1 to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin. When the resist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention is a positive resist composition, the component (A) can be used as a substrate component which increases the solubility to the alkali developer via the action of an acid. That is, the component (A) is poorly soluble to the base -29-200923574 before exposure, and when the acid of the component (B) is generated by exposure, the solubility to the alkali developer is increased by the action of the acid. Therefore, when the resist pattern is formed, when the photoresist film obtained by applying the positive resist composition on the substrate is selectively exposed, the exposed portion is converted from soluble to soluble in the alkali developing solution to be soluble. The unexposed portion is in a state in which the alkali is poorly soluble, and a photoresist pattern can be formed by alkali development. In the photoresist composition of the present invention, the component (A) is preferably a component of the substrate which increases the solubility in the alkali developer via the action of an acid. That is, the photoresist composition of the present invention is preferably a positive photoresist composition. The component (A) may be a resin component (A1) (hereinafter, also referred to as (A1) component) which increases the solubility to the alkali developer via the action of an acid, or is increased by the action of an acid. The low molecular weight compound (A2) (hereinafter referred to as "A2) component) which is soluble in an alkali developer may also be used, or a mixture thereof. [(A1) component] (A1) The component is usually a resin component (base resin) which is used as a substrate component for a chemically amplified photoresist, and may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, the (A 1 ) component preferably contains a structural unit derived from an acrylate. In the specification and patent application, "the structural unit derived from acrylate" means the structural unit formed by the cracking of the ethylenic double bond of acrylic vinegar. -30- 200923574 "Cyanate ester" refers to a carbon atom in which a carbon atom is bonded to a carbon atom bonded to a hydrogen atom. (Atom or a group other than a hydrogen atom) ) The mourning of the compound. The substituent is, for example, a lower alkyl group, a halogenated lower alkyl group or the like. Further, the α-position (carbon atom of the α-position) of the structural unit derived from the acrylate means a carbon atom bonded to the carbonyl group unless otherwise specified. In the acrylate, a lower alkyl group of a substituent, specifically, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, η-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl A lower linear or branched alkyl group such as a neopentyl group. Further, the halogenated lower alkyl group is specifically a group obtained by substituting a part or all of a hydrogen atom in the above-mentioned "lower alkyl group of the α-substituted group" with a halogen atom. The halogen atom, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom or the like, is preferably a fluorine atom. In the present invention, the α-position of the acrylate is preferably a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group, and a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a fluorinated lower alkyl group is more preferable. It is easy to obtain a viewpoint such as a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. The component (A 1 ) is particularly preferably a structural unit (a 1 ) derived from an acrylate having an acid-dissociable dissolution inhibiting group. Further, the component (A 1 ), in addition to the structural unit (a 1 ), is preferably a structural unit (a2) derived from an acrylate having a cyclic group containing a lactone. (A 1 ) component, in addition to the structural unit (a 1 ), or a structural unit (-31 - 200923574 a 1 ) and (a2), a structure derived from an acrylate having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a polar group The unit (a3) is better. Structural unit (a 1 ) The acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group in the structural unit (a 1 ) is such that, as long as the component (A 1 ) has an alkali-insoluble property, the solubility inhibition property is obtained, and the dissociation after the dissociation by acid is used. The all-component (A 1 ) component may be added to the base of the alkali developer, and the acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group which has been proposed as a base resin for a chemically amplified resist composition can be used. In general, for example, a carboxyl group in (meth)acrylic acid may form a cyclic or chain tertiary alkyl ester group, or an acetal acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group such as an alkoxyalkyl group. Here, the "trialkyl ester", for example, a hydrogen atom of a carboxyl group is substituted with a chain or a cyclic alkyl group to form an ester, and an oxygen atom at the terminal of the carbonyloxy group (-c(0) - 0-) is bonded. A structure obtained by the tertiary carbon atom of the aforementioned chain or ring-shaped courtyard base. In the above tertiary alkyl ester, the bond between the oxygen atom and the tertiary carbon atom can be interrupted by the action of an acid. Further, the aforementioned chain or cyclic alkyl group may have a substituent. The following is an acid dissociable group formed by a carboxyl group and a tertiary alkyl ester, which is conveniently referred to as a "trialkyl ester type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group". Tertiary alkyl ester type acid dissociation The dissolution inhibiting group is, for example, an aliphatic branched acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group, an acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group containing an aliphatic cyclic group, and the like. -32- 200923574 "Alkali branched" means a branched structure having no aromaticity. The structure of the "aliphatic branched acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group" is not limited to a group (hydrocarbon group) formed of carbon and hydrogen, but a hydrocarbon group is preferred. Further, the "hydrocarbon group" may be either saturated or unsaturated, and it is generally preferred to saturate. The aliphatic branched acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group is preferably a tertiary alkyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, and specifically, for example, tert-butyl, tert-pentyl, tert-heptyl or the like. The "aliphatic cyclic group" means a monocyclic or polycyclic group having no aromaticity. The "aliphatic cyclic group" in the structural unit (a 1 ) may have a substituent or may not have a substituent. The substituent is, for example, a lower alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom, a fluorinated lower alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms substituted by a fluorine atom, and an oxygen atom (= 〇). The "aliphatic cyclic group" removes the basic ring structure of the substituent, and does not limit the group (hydrocarbon group) formed of carbon and hydrogen, but a hydrocarbon group is preferred. Further, the "hydrocarbon group" may be either saturated or unsaturated, and generally it is preferably saturated. The "aliphatic cyclic group" is preferably a polycyclic group. An aliphatic cyclic group, for example, which may be substituted by a lower alkyl group, a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group, or may be substituted by a monocyclic alkane, a bicycloalkane, a tricycloalkane or a tetracycloalkane. A group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from a polycyclic alkane. More specifically, for example, a monocyclic alkane such as cyclopentane or cyclohexane or a polycyclic alkane such as adamantane, norbornane, isopentane, tricyclodecane or tetracyclododecane is removed. A group obtained by one or more hydrogen atoms. -33- 200923574 An acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group containing an aliphatic cyclic group, for example, a group having a tertiary carbon atom on a ring skeleton of a cyclic group, etc. 'specifically', for example, 2-methyl-2- King Kong Institute base, or 2-ethyl one 2-golden hospital base. Or, for example, in the structural unit represented by the following general formula (a Γ '-1) to (a 1 ′-6), the bond is bonded to the oxygen atom of the carbonyloxy group (a c(〇)-0), An aliphatic cyclic group having an adamantyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group, or the like, and a branch having a tertiary carbon atom bonded thereto The base of the alkyl group, etc. [Chemical 1 0]

〔式中,R爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基之意 ;R15、R16爲烷基(可爲直鏈狀、支鏈狀皆可,較佳爲碳 數1〜5 )〕。 通式(a 1 &quot; - 1 )〜(a Γ’ 一 6 )中,R之低級烷基或鹵 化低級烷基,例如與上述可鍵結於丙烯酸酯之α位之低級 烷基或鹵化低級烷基爲相同之內容。 「縮醛型酸解離性溶解抑制基」一般爲鍵結於取代羧 基、羥基等之鹼可溶性基末端之氫原子的氧原子。因此, 經由曝光產生酸時,經由該酸之作用,而切斷縮醛型酸解 -34- 200923574 離性溶解抑制基與該縮醛型酸解離性溶解抑制基所鍵釦之 氧原子之間的鍵結。 縮醛型酸解離性溶解抑制基,例如,下述通式(p 1) 所示之基等。 【化1 1】 f R2 …(p 1) 〔式中、R1’,R2'各自獨立爲氫原子或低級烷基’ η 爲0〜3之整數,Υ爲低級烷基或脂肪族環式基〕。 上述式中,η以0〜2之整數爲佳,以0或1爲更佳 ,以0爲最佳。 R1'、R2'之低級烷基,例如與上述R之低級烷基爲相 同之內容,又以甲基或乙基爲佳,以甲基爲最佳。 本發明中,以R1'、R2’中至少1個爲氫原子者爲佳。 即,酸解離性溶解抑制基(Ρ 1 )以下述通式(Ρ 1 - 1 )所 示之基爲佳。 【化1 2】Wherein R is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group; R15 and R16 are an alkyl group (may be linear or branched, preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 5). In the formula (a 1 &quot; - 1 ) to (a Γ ' - 6 ), the lower alkyl group of the R or the halogenated lower alkyl group, for example, is lower than the lower alkyl group which may be bonded to the α position of the acrylate or halogenated. The alkyl group is the same content. The "acetal type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group" is generally an oxygen atom bonded to a hydrogen atom at the terminal of an alkali-soluble group which substitutes a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group. Therefore, when an acid is generated by exposure, the acetal type acidolysis-34-200923574 is dissolved by the action of the acid, and the oxygen atom of the acetal type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group is cleaved. The key knot. The acetal type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group is, for example, a group represented by the following formula (p 1). [Chemical Formula 1] f R2 ((1), wherein R1', R2' are each independently a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group, η is an integer of 0 to 3, and hydrazine is a lower alkyl group or an aliphatic cyclic group. ]. In the above formula, η is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and most preferably 0. The lower alkyl group of R1' and R2' is, for example, the same as the lower alkyl group of the above R, and preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and a methyl group is most preferable. In the present invention, it is preferred that at least one of R1' and R2' is a hydrogen atom. Namely, the acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group (Ρ 1 ) is preferably a group represented by the following formula (Ρ 1 - 1 ). [1 2]

s-° -{ch^-ύ …(ρ 1 — 1 ) 〔式中、R1’、η、Y係與上述內容爲相同之內容〕。 Υ之低級烷基,例如與上述R之低級烷基爲相同之內 -35- 200923574 γ之脂肪族環式基’例如可由以往於ArF光阻等之中 ,被多次提案之單環或多環式脂肪族環式基之中適當地選 擇使用,例如與上述「脂肪族環式基」爲相同之內容。 又,縮醛型酸解離性溶解抑制基’例如下述通式(P2 )所示之基等。 【化1 3】 R17 —c—Ο—R19 R18 - (p 2) 〔式中、R17、R18各自獨立爲直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基 或氫原子,R19爲直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基,或R17 與R19各自獨立爲直鏈狀或支鏈狀之伸烷基,R17之末端 與R 19之末端鍵結形成環亦可〕。 R17、R18中,烷基之碳數較佳爲1〜15,其可爲直鏈 狀或支鏈狀皆可’又以乙基、甲基爲佳,以甲基爲最佳。 h別疋以R 、R18中之任一者爲氫原子,另一者爲 甲基爲最佳。 R19爲直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基時,碳數較佳爲 1〜I5,其可爲直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀中任一者皆可。 R 19爲直鏈狀或支鏈狀時,碳數以1〜5爲佳,又以乙 基、甲基爲更佳’以乙基爲最佳。 R爲環狀時,以碳數4〜15爲佳,以碳數4〜12爲 更佳,以碳數5〜1〇爲最佳。具體而言,其可被氟原子或 氟化k基取代,或未被取代皆可之單環鏈烷、二環鏈烷、 -36- 200923574 三環鏈烷、四環鏈烷等多環鏈烷中去除1個以上氫原子之 基等。具體而言,例如環戊烷、環己烷等單環鏈烷’或金 剛烷、降冰片烷、異菠烷、三環癸烷、四環十二烷等多環 鏈烷中去除1個以上氫原子之基等。其中又以金剛烷去除 1個以上氫原子所得之基爲佳。 又,上述式中,R17與R19各自獨立爲直鏈狀或支鏈 狀之伸烷基(較佳爲碳數1〜5之伸烷基),且R19之末 端可與R17之末端鍵結亦可。 此時,R17與R19,與鍵結於R19之氧原子,與該氧原 子與鍵結於R17之碳原子形成環式基。該環式基,以4〜7 員環爲佳,以4〜6員環爲更佳。該環式基之具體例,例 如四氫吡喃基、四氫呋喃基等。 結構單位(al),以使用由下述通式(al_0 — 1)所 示結構單位,與下述通式(a 1 - 0 - 2 )所示結構單位所成 群中所選出之1種以上爲佳。 【化1 4】S-° -{ch^-ύ ...(ρ 1 - 1 ) [wherein, R1', η, Y are the same as the above contents]. The lower alkyl group of hydrazine is, for example, the same as the lower alkyl group of the above-mentioned R-35-200923574 γ aliphatic cyclic group ', for example, conventionally used in ArF photoresist, etc., has been proposed as a single ring or more The cyclic aliphatic cyclic group is appropriately selected and used, for example, the same as the above-mentioned "aliphatic cyclic group". Further, the acetal type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group 'is, for example, a group represented by the following formula (P2). [Chemical 1 3] R17 —c—Ο—R19 R18 — (p 2) [wherein, R17 and R18 are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R19 is a linear or branched chain. Or a cyclic alkyl group, or R17 and R19 are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group, and the terminal of R17 is bonded to the end of R 19 to form a ring. In R17 and R18, the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and may be linear or branched. The ethyl group and the methyl group are preferred, and the methyl group is most preferred. h is not preferable to any of R and R18 being a hydrogen atom, and the other being a methyl group. When R19 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, the carbon number is preferably from 1 to I5, and it may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain or a cyclic chain. When R 19 is linear or branched, the carbon number is preferably 1 to 5, and the ethyl group and the methyl group are more preferably 'ethyl. When R is a ring, it is preferably 4 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and most preferably 5 to 1 carbon atoms. Specifically, it may be substituted by a fluorine atom or a fluorinated k group, or a monocyclic alkane, a bicycloalkane, a -36-200923574 tricycloalkane, a tetracyclic alkane, or the like may be substituted. A group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkane. Specifically, for example, one or more polycyclic alkanes such as cyclopentane or cyclohexane, or a polycycloalkane such as adamantane, norbornane, isopentane, tricyclodecane or tetracyclododecane are removed. The base of a hydrogen atom, etc. Among them, a group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from adamantane is preferred. Further, in the above formula, R17 and R19 are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), and the end of R19 may be bonded to the end of R17. can. At this time, R17 and R19 are bonded to the oxygen atom bonded to R19, and the oxygen atom forms a cyclic group with the carbon atom bonded to R17. The ring base is preferably a 4 to 7 member ring, and a 4 to 6 member ring is preferred. Specific examples of the cyclic group include, for example, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group and the like. The structural unit (al) is one or more selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the following general formula (al_0-1) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (a 1 - 0 - 2 ). It is better. [化1 4]

〔式中,R爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基;X 爲酸解離性溶解抑制基〕。 -37- 200923574 【化1 5】 0=Cn. 、0[In the formula, R is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group; and X is an acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group]. -37- 200923574 【化1 5】 0=Cn. , 0

〔式中,R爲氫原子、低級院基或_化低級院基;χ2 爲酸解離性溶解抑制基;γ2爲伸院基或脂肪族環式基〕 〇 通式(a 1 — 0 — 1 )中,R之低級院基或鹵化低級院基 ,係與上述可鍵結於丙稀酸酯之α位之低級院基、鹵化低 級烷基爲相同之意義。 X1,只要爲酸解離性溶解抑制基時則未有特別限定’ 例如可爲三級烷基酯型酸解離性溶解抑制基、縮醛型酸解 離性溶解抑制基等,又以三級烷基酯型酸解離性溶解抑制 基爲佳。 通式(al— 0 - 2)中,R具有與上述相同之意義。 X2則與式(al—0— 1)中之X1爲相同之內容。 Y2較佳爲碳數1〜1 0之伸烷基’或2價之脂肪族環 式基。該脂肪族環式基時,除使用去除2個以上氫原子之 基以外,例如可使用與前述「脂肪族環式基」之說明爲相 同之內容。 Y2爲碳數1〜10之伸烷基時’以碳數1〜6爲更佳’ -38- 200923574 以碳數1〜4爲特佳,以碳數1〜3爲最佳。 Y2爲2價之脂肪族環式基時’以由環戊烷、環己烷 、降冰片烷、異冰片烷、金剛烷、三環癸烷、四環十二烷 去除二個以上氫原子所得之基爲特佳。 結構單位(a 1 )中,更具體而言’例如下述通式(a 1 -1 )至(a 1 一 4 )所示之結構單位。 【化1 6】[In the formula, R is a hydrogen atom, a lower-grade or a lower-grade courtyard; χ2 is an acid-dissociable dissolution-inhibiting group; γ2 is a diasterium-based or aliphatic ring-based group; 〇 is a general formula (a 1 - 0 - 1) Among them, the lower-grade courtyard base of the R or the halogenated lower-grade courtyard base has the same meaning as the lower-grade courtyard base and the halogenated lower-grade alkyl group which can be bonded to the α-position of the acrylate. X1 is not particularly limited as long as it is an acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group, and may be, for example, a tertiary alkyl ester type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group or an acetal type acid dissociating dissolution inhibiting group, and a tertiary alkyl group. The ester type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group is preferred. In the general formula (al-0-2), R has the same meaning as described above. X2 is the same as X1 in the formula (al—0-1). Y2 is preferably an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 or a divalent aliphatic cyclic group. In the case of the aliphatic cyclic group, the same as the above-mentioned "aliphatic cyclic group" can be used, for example, in addition to the group in which two or more hydrogen atoms are removed. When Y2 is an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and a carbon number of 1 to 6 is more preferable. -38-200923574 is particularly preferably a carbon number of 1 to 4, and preferably has a carbon number of 1 to 3. When Y2 is a divalent aliphatic cyclic group, 'removing two or more hydrogen atoms from cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, isobornane, adamantane, tricyclodecane or tetracyclododecane The basis is especially good. In the structural unit (a 1 ), more specifically, the structural unit represented by the following general formula (a 1 -1 ) to (a 1 to 4). 【化1 6】

(a 1 — 1 ) (a 1 — 2 ) (a 1 — 3 ) (a 1 — 4 ) 〔上述式中,X'爲三級烷基酯型酸解離性溶解抑制基 ;γ爲碳數1〜5之低級烷基,或脂肪族環式基;η爲0〜 3之整數;Υ2爲伸院基或脂肪族環式基;R具有與上述相 同之意義;Rl'、R2’各自獨立爲氫原子或碳數1〜5之低級 烷基〕。 式中’ X'係與前述X1中所例示之三級院基醋型酸解 離性溶解抑制基爲相同之內容。(a 1 - 1 ) (a 1 - 2 ) (a 1 - 3 ) (a 1 - 4 ) [In the above formula, X' is a tertiary alkyl ester type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group; γ is a carbon number of 1 a lower alkyl group of ~5, or an aliphatic cyclic group; η is an integer of 0 to 3; Υ2 is a stretching or aliphatic ring group; R has the same meaning as above; and Rl' and R2' are each independently A hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms]. The 'X' in the formula is the same as the tertiary-grade vinegar-type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group exemplified in the above X1.

Rl,、R2’、η、Υ係分別與上述之「縮醛型酸解離性溶 -39 - 200923574 解抑制基」之說明中所列舉之通式(pi )中之R1’、R2'、 η、Y爲相同之內容。 Υ2,例如與上述通式(al— 〇 一 2)中之Y2爲相同之 內容。 以下爲上述通式(al - 1)至(al - 4)所示之結構單 位之具體例, -40- 200923574R1, R2', η, and Υ are respectively R1', R2', η in the general formula (pi) recited in the description of "acetal-type acid-dissociable sol-39-200923574 cleavage group" described above. And Y is the same content. Υ2, for example, is the same as Y2 in the above formula (al-〇-2). The following are specific examples of structural units represented by the above formulas (al - 1) to (al - 4), -40- 200923574

.ch2(ch2)2ch3 (a1 一1 一5) (al-1-6).ch2(ch2)2ch3 (a1 - 1 - 5) (al-1-6)

(a1_1—4)(a1_1—4)

(CH2)3CH3 (a1 -1-7)(CH2)3CH3 (a1 -1-7)

(a1-1-8)(a1-1-8)

(a1~1-9)(a1~1-9)

(a1 -1-10)(a1 -1-10)

! ΟΓ )4 °=K ch3 ch3 -ch2-c-^- °to 。娜 •CH2—CH-0=( ch3 (a1—1-12) CH3 ΌΗ2—c-^- 0=\ c2h6 。獅。输 (a 1-1-14) (a1—1 -15) :CH2—ch|· 〇=( c2hs。伽 (a1—1—16) -41 - 200923574 【化1 8】! ΟΓ )4 °=K ch3 ch3 -ch2-c-^- °to . Na CH2—CH-0=( ch3 (a1—1-12) CH3 ΌΗ2—c-^- 0=\ c2h6. Lion. Loss (a 1-1-14) (a1—1 -15): CH2— Ch|· 〇 = ( c2hs. gamma (a1 - 1 - 16) -41 - 200923574 [Chemical 1 8]

(al-1-21) (a1-1-22) (a1-1-23) ch3 ch2-令+ 0=^ 92H5(al-1-21) (a1-1-22) (a1-1-23) ch3 ch2-order + 0=^ 92H5

~~^CH2—CH^~ 0=\ C2H5°tD (a1 -1-24)~~^CH2—CH^~ 0=\ C2H5°tD (a1 -1-24)

ru CH3 ch3 v (a1_1-25) (a1-1-26) (a1 -1-27) (a1 -1-28)Ru CH3 ch3 v (a1_1-25) (a1-1-26) (a1 -1-27) (a1 -1-28)

42- 200923574 【化1 9】42- 200923574 [Chem. 1 9]

CH3 (a1-1-34) 0CH3 (a1-1-34) 0

ch3 -CH2-C-)-0=\ ?2H5 °bCh3 -CH2-C-)-0=\ ?2H5 °b

(a1-1-37) (a1-1-35) (a1-1-36)(a1-1-37) (a1-1-35) (a1-1-36)

CH3 ch2—c-j-CH3 ch2—c-j-

(a1-1-39)(a1-1-39)

(a1-1 -40)(a1-1 -40)

〒H3 *CH2—ChV -fcH2—C-V -fcH2—ChV 〇4 〇4 〇4 (a1-1-41) 【化2 0】 0 h3ct ch3 (a1—1—42) ch3 h3c^ ch3 (a 卜 1-43) 0 o ch3 h3c^ (a1~1—44) 、ch3 h3c C2H5〒H3 *CH2—ChV -fcH2—CV -fcH2—ChV 〇4 〇4 〇4 (a1-1-41) 【化2 0】 0 h3ct ch3 (a1—1—42) ch3 h3c^ ch3 (a 卜1 -43) 0 o ch3 h3c^ (a1~1—44), ch3 h3c C2H5

O 、ch3 C2H5 (a1-1~45)O, ch3 C2H5 (a1-1~45)

(al-2-1) (a1-2-2) (a 1-2-3) -(ch2-ch)- 0=4(al-2-1) (a1-2-2) (a 1-2-3) -(ch2-ch)- 0=4

(a 1-2-4) (a1-2-5)(a 1-2-4) (a1-2-5)

(a1—2—6) -43 200923574 【化2 1】 ch3 —(ch2-c)~ 〇〆 (a1-2-7) -(ch2-ch)-〇4 o〆 (a1-2-10) °W) —- CH 卜&gt;4 ch3 -(ch2-c-)- 〇4 〇, (a1-2-8) CH3 (a1-2-9) -(ch2-ch)-0=4 ch3 —(ch2-c·)&quot; (a1U3) -°¾ (a1-2-12)(a1—2-6) -43 200923574 [Chem. 2 1] ch3 —(ch2-c)~ 〇〆(a1-2-7) -(ch2-ch)-〇4 o〆(a1-2-10) °W) —- CH 卜&gt;4 ch3 -(ch2-c-)- 〇4 〇, (a1-2-8) CH3 (a1-2-9) -(ch2-ch)-0=4 ch3 — (ch2-c·)&quot; (a1U3) -°3⁄4 (a1-2-12)

(a1 - 2—14) (a1-2-15) -{ch2-ch) 〇=l 〆0(a1 - 2-14) (a1-2-15) -{ch2-ch) 〇=l 〆0

:。子 ]〇、 (a 卜 2-17) ?F3 -(cH2- (a1-2-18) (a1 - 2—16):.子 ]〇, (a 卜 2-17) ?F3 -(cH2- (a1-2-18) (a1 - 2-16)

200923574 [it 2 2] ch3十2-汁 〇={ 0、 4ch2-chV-。4卜 (a1-2-24)?F3 —^CHj-C·]— 〇、 X) (a1-2-27) CHa 0200923574 [it 2 2] ch3 十2-汁 〇={ 0, 4ch2-chV-. 4 Bu (a1-2-24)?F3 —^CHj-C·]—〇, X) (a1-2-27) CHa 0

—^CHj—CH 卜 〇、 (a1-2-22) ch3 〇4 〇、 (a1-2-25) cf3 -fcH2-cf 0==^ (a1-2-28) ch3 -(ch2-〒+ 〇〜 (al-2-31) CH3 ^ch2-c-〇= ;4;—^CHj—CH 〇, (a1-2-22) ch3 〇4 〇, (a1-2-25) cf3 -fcH2-cf 0==^ (a1-2-28) ch3 -(ch2-〒+ 〇~ (al-2-31) CH3 ^ch2-c-〇= ;4;

(a 1 - 2-23) -^ch2-chW &quot;O 〇〜 (a1-2-26) ,0 x&gt; f3 *CH2~C·)— 〇4 〇、 (a 1-2-29) -45- 200923574 【化2 3】(a 1 - 2-23) -^ch2-chW &quot;O 〇~ (a1-2-26) , 0 x&gt; f3 *CH2~C·) — 〇4 〇, (a 1-2-29) - 45- 200923574 [Chem. 2 3]

(a 1-2-38) (a1-2-39) -46 200923574 【化2 4】 CHa(a 1-2-38) (a1-2-39) -46 200923574 [Chem. 2 4] CHa

(a1-3-2) (al-3-3)(a1-3-2) (al-3-3)

0 Q c2h5_0 Q c2h5_

(a 1-3-4)(a 1-3-4)

h3cH3c

o 0 0o 0 0

(e 1 —3—5) Q C2H5·(e 1 —3—5) Q C2H5·

(a1-3—1)(a1-3-1)

(al-3-β)(al-3-β)

(a1-3-13) (al-3-14)(a1-3-13) (al-3-14)

CH3 ch3 -(ch2-c-^ -(ch2-c^-CH3 ch3 -(ch2-c-^ -(ch2-c^-

47- 200923574 【化2 5】47- 200923574 [Chem. 2 5]

48- 200923574 【化2 6】48- 200923574 [Chem. 2 6]

(a 1-4-3) (a1~4-4)(a 1-4-3) (a1~4-4)

(a1-4—β) (a 1-4-7) (a 1-4-8) (a 1-4-9)(a1-4—β) (a 1-4-7) (a 1-4-8) (a 1-4-9)

(a1,4-15) 200923574 【化2 7】(a1,4-15) 200923574 [Chem. 2 7]

(a1-4-,8) (a1+,9) (a1-4-2® (,1-4-21) (al-4-22) (al-4-23)(a1-4-,8) (a1+,9) (a1-4-2® (,1-4-21) (al-4-22) (al-4-23)

(a 1-4-24)(a 1-4-24)

00

(a1-4-25) (a1-4-26) (a1-4-27) (al-4-28) (a1-4-29) (a 1-4-30)(a1-4-25) (a1-4-26) (a1-4-27) (al-4-28) (a1-4-29) (a 1-4-30)

H3&lt;p h3c h3c h3c h3c h3c -CH2-CH·)- ^-CH2-CH-j——^ch2-6h·}-十ch2-ch+ 十ch2-ch·)-十ch2-ch C〇 ° P q ο ο Ο o 〇、 〇=H3&lt;p h3c h3c h3c h3c h3c -CH2-CH·)- ^-CH2-CH-j——^ch2-6h·}- 十 ch2-ch+ 十ch2-ch·)- 十ch2-ch C〇° P q ο ο Ο o 〇, 〇=

(al-4-37) o (al-4-39) (a1-4-38)(al-4-37) o (al-4-39) (a1-4-38)

UiD (al-4-40) 0UiD (al-4-40) 0

(a1-*4*-41) O: t) (a 1-4—42) -50- 200923574 上述式中,又以式(al— 1)所不之結構單位爲佳。 旦體而言’以使用由式(al_l 一 1)至(al — 1— 6)及式 35)至(al—l— 41)所成群中所選出之至少1 種爲更佳。 又,結構單位(a 1 )特別是以包含式(a 1 — 1 一 1 )至 (a 1 - 1 — 4 )之結構單位的下述通式(a 1 — 1 一 〇 1 )所示 之單位,或包含式(al—l— 35)至(al—l - 41)之結構 單位的下述通式(al-Ι - 02)者爲佳。 【化2 8】(a1-*4*-41) O: t) (a 1-4-42) -50- 200923574 In the above formula, the structural unit of the formula (al-1) is preferred. It is more preferable that at least one selected from the group consisting of the formulas (al_l-1) to (al-1-6) and the formula 35) to (al-l-41) is used. Further, the structural unit (a 1 ) is particularly represented by the following general formula (a 1 - 1 - 1) containing structural units of the formula (a 1 - 1 - 1 ) to (a 1 - 1 - 4 ) The unit, or the following formula (al-Ι-02) containing structural units of the formula (al-1 to 35) to (al-1 - 41) is preferred. [化2 8]

R 11 ··· ( a 1 - 1 - Ο 1 ) 〔式中,R爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基 R11爲低級烷基〕。 【化2 9】R 11 ··· ( a 1 - 1 - Ο 1 ) wherein R is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group R11 is a lower alkyl group. [化2 9]

cIοcIο

a yrv XI/ 2 ο -51 - 200923574 〔式中’ R爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基’ R12爲低級院基,h爲1〜3之整數〕。 通式(al— 1— 〇1)中,R具有與上述相同之內容。 R11之低級烷基係與R所示之低級烷基爲相同之內容 ’又以甲基或乙基爲佳。 通式(al - 1—02)中,R具有與上述相同之內容。 R12之低級烷基係與前述R所示之低級烷基爲相同之 內容,又以甲基或乙基爲佳,又以乙基爲最佳。h以1或 2爲佳,又以2爲最佳。 結構單位(a 1 ),可單獨使用1種,或將2種以上組 合使用亦可。 (A 1 )中,結構單位(a 1 )之比例,相對於構成( A1 )成份之全體結構單位而言,以10〜80莫耳%爲佳, 以20〜70莫耳%爲更佳,以25〜50莫耳%爲最佳。於下 限値以上時,於作爲正型光阻組成物時可容易得到圖型, 於上限値以下時,可與其他結構單位達成平衡。 •結構單位(a2 ) 結構單位(a2),爲含有含內酯之環式基之丙烯酸酯 所衍生之結構單位。 其中,含內醋之環式基,爲含有一 0—c(o) 一結構 之一個環(內酯環)之環式基。並以內酯環作爲一個環單 位進行計數,僅爲內酯環之情形爲單環式基’若尙具有其 他環結構時,無論其結構爲何’皆稱爲多環式基。 -52- 200923574 結構單位(a2 )之內酯環式基’於作爲(A 1 )成份用 於形成光阻膜之情形中,可有效提高光阻膜對基板之密著 性,並可有效地提高與含有水之顯影液的親和性。 結構單位(a2 ),未有任何限定而可使用任意之單位 〇 具體而言,含內酯之單環式基’例如r - 丁內酯去除 1個氫原子所得之基等。又’含內酯之多環式基’例如由 具有內酯環之二環鏈烷、三環鏈烷、四環鏈烷去除1個氫 原子所得之基等。 結構單位(a2 )之例示中,更具體而言,例如下述通 式(a2 — 1 )至(a2 — 5 )所示結構單位等。 【化3 0】a yrv XI/ 2 ο -51 - 200923574 [wherein R is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group] R12 is a lower-grade courtyard group, and h is an integer of 1 to 3). In the general formula (al-1 - 〇1), R has the same content as described above. The lower alkyl group of R11 is the same as the lower alkyl group represented by R', and a methyl group or an ethyl group is preferred. In the general formula (al - 1 - 02), R has the same contents as described above. The lower alkyl group of R12 is the same as the lower alkyl group represented by the above R, and is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and preferably an ethyl group. h is preferably 1 or 2, and 2 is the best. The structural unit (a 1 ) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In (A 1 ), the ratio of the structural unit (a 1 ) is preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 70 mol%, based on the entire structural unit constituting the component (A1). It is best to use 25~50 mol%. When it is more than the lower limit, the pattern can be easily obtained as a positive resist composition, and when it is below the upper limit, it can be balanced with other structural units. • Structural unit (a2) The structural unit (a2) is a structural unit derived from an acrylate containing a cyclic group containing a lactone. Wherein, the cyclic group containing an internal vinegar is a cyclic group containing a ring (lactone ring) of a structure of 0-c(o). The lactone ring is counted as a ring unit, and only the lactone ring is a monocyclic group. If the ring structure has a further ring structure, regardless of its structure, it is called a polycyclic group. -52- 200923574 The structural unit (a2) lactone ring group 'in the case of using (A 1 ) component for forming a photoresist film, can effectively improve the adhesion of the photoresist film to the substrate, and can effectively Improve the affinity with the developer containing water. The structural unit (a2) may be any unit without any limitation. Specifically, a lactone-containing monocyclic group such as r-butyrolactone is obtained by removing one hydrogen atom. Further, the polycyclic group having a lactone is, for example, a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a bicycloalkane having a lactone ring, a tricycloalkane or a tetracycloalkane. In the example of the structural unit (a2), more specifically, for example, a structural unit represented by the following general formulas (a2 - 1) to (a2 - 5). [化3 0]

〔式中’ R爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基,R 爲氫原子、低級烷基,或碳數1〜5之烷氧基,!《爲〇或 1之整數,A爲碳數〗〜5之伸烷基或氧原子〕。 通式(a2—l)至(a2—5)中之R具有與上述結構單 位(al)中之R相同之內容。 R’之低級烷基,具有與上述結構單位(a 1 )中之r的 低級院基爲相同之內容。 -53- 200923574 A之碳數1〜5之伸烷基,具體而言,例如伸甲基、 伸乙基、η—伸丙基、異伸丙基等。 通式(a2— 1 )至(a2 — 5 )中,R’就工業上容易取得 等觀點而言,以氫原子爲佳。 以下爲前述通式(a2— 1 )至(a2— 5 )之具體結構單 位之例示。 【化3 1】Wherein R is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group, and R is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 5, "It is an integer of 〇 or 1, A is a carbon number 〜5 alkyl or an oxygen atom]. R in the general formulae (a2-1) to (a2-5) has the same content as R in the above structural unit (al). The lower alkyl group of R' has the same contents as the lower stage group of r in the above structural unit (a 1 ). -53- 200923574 A alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 5, specifically, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an η-propyl group, an iso-propyl group or the like. Among the general formulae (a2 - 1) to (a2 - 5), R' is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of industrial availability. The following are exemplifications of specific structural units of the above general formulae (a2 - 1) to (a2 - 5). [化3 1]

(a2&lt;1&gt;1) (a2-1-2) (a2-1-3)(a2&lt;1&gt;1) (a2-1-2) (a2-1-3)

(a2-1-4) (a2-1-5) (a2-1-6) -54- 200923574 【化3 2】 CH3 , 、 ?H3 9H3 -fCH2—c·)- -{ch2 ch}- -(ch2—c)- -(ch2—c·)· • 04-(a2-1-4) (a2-1-5) (a2-1-6) -54- 200923574 [Chemical 3 2] CH3 , , ?H3 9H3 -fCH2-c·)- -{ch2 ch}- - (ch2-c)- -(ch2-c·)· • 04-

(a2-2-5) Ά 1 (a2-2-2) (a2-2-3) CH3 ch3(a2-2-5) Ά 1 (a2-2-2) (a2-2-3) CH3 ch3

O CH2—C·)- -fCH2—Ch}- -(cH2—c)- (a2-2-4) CH3O CH2—C·)- -fCH2—Ch}- -(cH2—c)- (a2-2-4) CH3

(a2-2-6)(a2-2-6)

°=l O 0, ch3- (a2-2-7) (a2-2-8)°=l O 0, ch3- (a2-2-7) (a2-2-8)

200923574 【化3 3】200923574 【化3 3】

~(ch2- 〇=~(ch2- 〇=

(a2-3-10) -56- 200923574 【化3 4】(a2-3-10) -56- 200923574 [Chem. 3 4]

-57- 200923574 【化3 5】-57- 200923574 [Chem. 3 5]

結構單位(a2)中,又以使用由前述通式(a2—1) 至(a2 - 5 )所示結構單位所形成之群所選出之至少1種 爲佳,又以由通式(a2 - 1 )至(a2 - 3 )所示結構單位所 成群中所選出之至少1種爲更佳。其中,又以由化學式( a 2 — 1 — 1 ) 、(a2— 1 - 2) 、( a2 — 2 — 1) 、( a 2 — 2 — 2 )、(a2-3 - 1) 、(a2— 3 - 2) 、(a2— 3-9)與(a2 一 3 - 1 0 )所示結構單位所成群中所選出之至少1種爲佳 結構單位(a2 ),可單獨使用1種,或將2種以上組 合使用亦可。 -58- 200923574 (A1 )成份中,結構單位(a 2 )的比例,以對構成( A1 )成份之全體結構單位之合計,以5〜60莫耳%爲佳, 以10〜50莫耳%爲較佳,以20〜50莫耳%爲最佳。於下 限値以上時,含有結構單位(a2 )時可充分達到效果,於 上限値以下時,可得到與其他結構單位之平衡。 •結構單位(a3 ) 結構單位(a3 ),爲含有含極性基之脂肪族烴基之丙 烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位。 (A 1 )成份含有結構單位(a3 )時,可提高(A1 ) 成份之親水性,而提高與顯影液之親和性,進而提升曝光 部之鹼溶解性,而可期待解析度之提升。 極性基,例如羥基、氰基、羧基、烷基中一部份氫原 子被氟原子取代之羥烷基等,又以羥基爲最佳。 脂肪族烴基,例如碳數1〜1 〇之直鏈狀或支鏈狀烴基 (較佳爲伸烷基),或多環式之脂肪族烴基(多環式基) 等。該多環式基,例如可由ArF準分子雷射用光阻組成物 用之樹脂中,由多數提案內容中作適當選擇使用。該多環 式基的碳數爲7〜30較佳。 其中,又以含有羥基、氰基、羧基、或含有烷基中氫 原子之一部份被氟原子取代之羥烷基的脂肪族多環式基之 丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位爲更佳。該多環式基’例如由 二環鏈烷、三環鏈烷、四環鏈烷中去除2個以上之氫原子 所得之基等。具體而言,例如由金剛烷、降冰片烷、異菠 -59- 200923574 烷、三環癸烷、四環十二烷等多環鏈烷中去除2個以上氫 原子所得之基等。前述多環式基中,又以金剛烷去除2個 以上氫原子之基、降冰片烷去除2個以上氫原子之基、四 環十二烷去除2個以上氫原子之基等更適合工業上使用。 結構單位(a3 )中,於含有極性基之脂肪族烴基中之 烴基爲碳數1〜1 〇之直鏈狀或支鏈狀烴基時,以由丙烯酸 之羥乙基酯所衍生之結構單位爲佳,該烴基爲多環式基時 ’例如下式(a3 - 1 )所示結構單位、(a3 - 2 )所示結構 單位、(a3 - 3 )所示結構單位等爲佳。 【化3 6】In the structural unit (a2), at least one selected from the group consisting of the structural units represented by the above general formulae (a2-1) to (a2-5) is preferred, and the general formula (a2 - It is more preferable that at least one selected from the group consisting of structural units shown in (a2 - 3) is preferable. Among them, by the chemical formula (a 2 - 1 - 1 ), (a2 - 1 - 2), ( a2 - 2 - 1), ( a 2 - 2 - 2 ), (a2-3 - 1), (a2 - 3 - 2) , (a2 - 3-9) and (a2 - 3 - 1 0 ) are at least one selected from the group consisting of structural units (a2), which can be used alone. Alternatively, two or more types may be used in combination. -58- 200923574 (A1) The ratio of the structural unit (a 2 ) to the total structural unit of the component (A1) is preferably 5 to 60 mol%, and 10 to 50 mol%. Preferably, it is preferably 20 to 50 mol%. When it is more than the lower limit, the effect can be fully achieved when the structural unit (a2) is contained, and the balance with other structural units can be obtained when the upper limit is less than or equal to the upper limit. • Structural unit (a3) The structural unit (a3) is a structural unit derived from an acrylate having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a polar group. When the component (A3) contains a structural unit (a3), the hydrophilicity of the component (A1) can be improved, and the affinity with the developer can be improved, and the alkali solubility of the exposed portion can be improved, and the resolution can be expected to be improved. A polar group such as a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group in which a part of hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group is substituted by a fluorine atom, and the like are preferably a hydroxyl group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group is, for example, a linear or branched hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 Torr (preferably an alkylene group) or a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group (polycyclic group). The polycyclic group may be, for example, a resin which can be used for a resist composition for an ArF excimer laser, and is appropriately selected from the contents of most proposals. The polycyclic group preferably has a carbon number of from 7 to 30. Further, a structural unit derived from an acrylate having a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, or an aliphatic polycyclic group containing a hydroxyalkyl group in which a part of hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group is substituted by a fluorine atom is more preferable. The polycyclic group ' is, for example, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a bicycloalkane, a tricycloalkane or a tetracycloalkane. Specifically, for example, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a polycyclic alkane such as adamantane, norbornane, isobornine-59-200923574 alkane, tricyclodecane or tetracyclododecane. In the polycyclic group, it is more suitable for industrially to remove two or more hydrogen atoms from adamantane, to remove two or more hydrogen atoms from norbornane, and to remove two or more hydrogen atoms from tetracyclododecane. use. In the structural unit (a3), when the hydrocarbon group in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a polar group is a linear or branched hydrocarbon group having 1 to 1 carbon atoms, the structural unit derived from hydroxyethyl acrylate is Preferably, when the hydrocarbon group is a polycyclic group, for example, a structural unit represented by the following formula (a3 - 1 ), a structural unit represented by (a3 - 2 ), a structural unit represented by (a3 - 3), or the like is preferable. [Chem. 3 6]

(a3-3) 〔式中,R具有與前述相同之內容,j爲1〜3之整數 ’k爲1〜3之整數,t'爲1〜3之整數,1爲1〜5之整數 ’ s爲1〜3之整數〕。 通式(a3 - 1 )中,j以1或2爲佳,又以1爲更佳。 j爲2之情形中,以羥基鍵結於金剛烷基之3位與5位者 爲更佳。j爲1之情形中,特別是以羥基鍵結於金剛烷基 之3位爲最佳。 -60- 200923574 其中,又以j爲1爲佳’特別是羥基鍵結於金剛院基 之3位者爲最佳。 式(a3-2)中,以k爲1者爲佳。又以氰基鍵結於 降冰片烷基之5位或6位者爲佳。 式(a3 — 3)中,以t'爲1者爲佳,以1爲1者爲佳 ,以s爲1者爲佳。以前述丙烯酸之羧基的末端鍵結2 -降冰片院基或3 —降冰片院基之化合物爲佳。氟^化丨完基醇 以鍵結於降冰片烷基之5或6位者爲佳。 結構單位(a3 ),可單獨使用1種,或將2種以上組 合使用亦可。 (A1 )成份中,結構單位(a 3 )之比例,相對於構成 (A 1 )成份之全體結構單位,以5〜5 0莫耳%爲佳,以5 〜40莫耳%爲更佳,以5〜25莫耳。/。爲最佳。於下限値以 上時’可充分得到含有結構單位(a3 )之效果,於上限値 以下時可得到與其他結構單位之平衡性。 •結構單位(a〇 (A1)成份’於不損害本發明之效果之範圍中,可 再含有上述結構單位(al )至(a3 )以外之其他結構單位 (a 4 )。 結構單位(a4)只要爲未分類於前述結構單位(al) 至(a3 )以外之結構單位時,並無特別限定。其可使用 ArF準分子雷射用、KrF準分子雷射用(較佳爲ArF準分 子雷射用)等光阻用樹脂所使用之以往已知之多數結構單 -61 - 200923574 位。 結構單位(a4 ),例如含有非酸解離性之脂肪族多環 式基的丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位等爲佳。該多環式基’ 例如爲與前述結構單位(a 1 )時所例示之相同例示內容’ 其可使用ArF準分子雷射用、KrF準分子雷射用(較佳爲 ArF準分子雷射用)等光阻組成物之樹脂成份所使用之以 往已知之多數結構單位。 特別是由三環癸烷基、金剛烷基、四環十二烷基、異 菠烷基、降冰片烷基所選出之至少1種以上時,以工業上 容易取得而爲較佳。此等多環式基,可被碳數1〜5之直 鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基取代亦可。 結構單位(a4 ),具體而言,例如下述通式(a4 — 1 )至(a4 - 5 )所示結構單位等。 【化3 7】(a3-3) [wherein R has the same content as described above, j is an integer of 1 to 3, 'k is an integer of 1 to 3, t' is an integer of 1 to 3, and 1 is an integer of 1 to 5' s is an integer from 1 to 3. In the formula (a3 - 1 ), j is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1 is used. In the case where j is 2, it is more preferable that the hydroxyl group is bonded to the 3 and 5 positions of the adamantyl group. In the case where j is 1, it is particularly preferable that the hydroxyl group is bonded to the 3 position of the adamantyl group. -60- 200923574 Among them, it is better to use j as the first one, especially the one in which the hydroxy group is bonded to the base of the King Kong Institute. In the formula (a3-2), it is preferred that k is one. Further, it is preferred that the cyano group is bonded to the 5- or 6-position of the norbornyl group. In the formula (a3 - 3), it is preferable that t' is 1 and 1 is preferred, and s is preferably 1. It is preferred that the terminal of the carboxyl group of the above-mentioned acrylic acid is bonded to a compound of 2-norborn or 3-norborn. Preferably, the fluorinated hydrazine-based alcohol is bonded to the 5 or 6-position of the norbornyl group. The structural unit (a3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the component (A1), the ratio of the structural unit (a 3 ) is preferably 5 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, based on the entire structural unit constituting the component (A 1 ). Take 5 to 25 m. /. For the best. When the lower limit is 値 or more, the effect of containing the structural unit (a3) can be sufficiently obtained, and when it is less than the upper limit 可, the balance with other structural units can be obtained. • The structural unit (a〇(A1) component' may further contain other structural units (a 4 ) other than the above structural units (al) to (a3) within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. Structural unit (a4) It is not particularly limited as long as it is a structural unit other than the structural units (al) to (a3), and can be used for ArF excimer laser or KrF excimer laser (preferably ArF excimer laser). Most of the conventional structures known for use in resistive photoresists, such as -61 - 200923574. Structural units (a4), for example, structural units derived from acrylates containing non-acid dissociable aliphatic polycyclic groups Preferably, the polycyclic group 'is, for example, the same as exemplified in the case of the structural unit (a 1 ) described above. It can be used for ArF excimer laser or KrF excimer laser (preferably ArF Molecular lasers are used in many conventional structural units used for the resin component of the photoresist composition, especially by tricyclodecylalkyl, adamantyl, tetracyclododecyl, iso-spinyl, norbornyl When at least one selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups, It is preferable to obtain it commercially. These polycyclic groups may be substituted by a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The structural unit (a4), specifically, for example, The structural unit represented by the general formulae (a4 - 1) to (a4 - 5), etc. [Chem. 3 7]

〔式中’R具有與前述相同之內容〕。 (A1)成份中含有前述結構單位(a4)之際,(A1 )成份中之結構單位(a 4 )之比例,相對於構成(A 1 )成 份之全體結構單位之合計,以含有〗〜3 〇莫耳%爲佳,又 以含有10〜20莫耳%爲更佳。 -62- 200923574 本發明中,(A 1 )成份以含有具有結構單位(a 1 )、 (a2 )、及(a3 )之共聚物爲佳。前述共聚物,例如由結 構單位(a 1 ) 、( )、及(a3 )所得之共聚物,結構單 位(al ) 、( a2 ) 、( a3 )及(a4 )所得之共聚物等。 (A 1 )成份,可將各結構單位所衍生之單體,例如 使用偶氮二異丁腈(AIBN )等自由基聚合起始劑依公知 之自由基聚合等聚合反應而製得。 又,(A 1 )成份,於上述聚合之際,例如可倂用HS -ch2- ch2- ch2- C(CF3)2- OH等鏈移轉劑,而於末端 導入一 C(CF3)2 - OH基。如此,可得到導入有烷基中氫原 子之一部份被氟原子取代之羥烷基的共聚物,因而可有效 降低缺陷或降低LER ( Line Edge Roughness :線路側壁具 有不均勻凹凸)之效果。 (A1)成份之質量平均分子量(Mw)(凝膠滲透色 層分析法之聚苯乙烯換算量)並未有特別限定,一般以 2,000 〜50,000 爲佳,以 3,000 〜30,000 爲更佳,以 5,000 〜20,000爲特佳。小於此範圍之上限時,作爲光阻使用時 對光阻溶劑可得到充分之溶解性,大於此範圍之下限時, 可得到良好之耐乾蝕刻性或光阻圖型之截面形狀。 又,分散度(M w/Mn )以1 · 0〜5 · 0之範圍爲佳,以 1·〇〜3.0爲更佳,以1_2〜2.5爲最佳。又,Μη爲數平均 分子量。 〔(A 2 )成份〕 -63- 200923574 (A2)成份,以分子量爲500以上、未達2〇〇〇之具 有上述(A 1 )成份之說明中所例示之酸解離性溶解抑制 基,與親水性基之低分子化合物爲佳。具體而言,具有複 數之酚骨架之化合物的羥基之氫原子的一部份被上述酸解 離性溶解抑制基所取代之化合物等。 (A2 )成份,例如,已知非化學增幅型之g線或i線 光阻中之增感劑,或耐熱性提升劑之低分子量酚化合物的 羥基之氫原子之一部份被上述酸解離性溶解抑制基所取代 之成份,前述成份可任意使用。 該低分子量酣化合物,例如,雙(4 -翔基本基)甲 烷、雙(2,3,4 -三羥基苯基)甲烷、2 _ ( 4 -羥基苯基 )一2-(4,_羥基苯基)丙烷、2—(2,3,4-三羥基苯基 )—2-(2,,3,,4'一三羥基苯基)丙烷、三(4 一羥基苯基 )甲烷、雙(4 一羥基一3,5 —二甲基苯基)一2_羥基苯 基甲烷、雙(4 一羥基一 2,5 -二甲基苯基)—2 —羥基苯 基甲烷、雙(4一羥基一 3,5-二甲基苯基)一3,4〜二殘 基苯基甲烷、雙(4 —羥基一 2,5 —二甲基苯基)—3,4_ 二羥基苯基甲烷、雙(4 -羥基一 3 -甲基苯基)—3,4〜 二羥基苯基甲烷、雙(3 -環己基—4 一羥基一 6 -甲基苯 基)一 4一羥基苯基甲烷、雙(3 —環己基一 4一羥基〜6〜 甲基苯基)一3,4一二羥基苯基甲烷、丨一〔1一 (4〜羥基 苯基)異丙基〕一 〔1,1 一雙(4 一羥基苯基)乙基〕 苯、酚、m—甲酚、p —甲酚或二甲酚等酚類之甲醛水縮 合物之2、3、4核體等。當然並不限定於此。 -64- 200923574 酸解離性溶解抑制基並未有特別限定’例如可爲上述 之內容。 (A) 成份,可單獨使用1種,或將2種以上合倂使 用。 本發明之光阻組成物中,(A )成份之含量,可配合 所欲形成之光阻膜厚度等進行調整即可。 &lt; (B )成份&gt; (B) 成份,並未有特別限定,其可使用目前爲止被 提案作爲化學增幅型光阻用之酸產生劑的成份。前述酸產 生劑,目前爲止例如碘鏺鹽或鏑鹽等鎗鹽系酸產生劑,肟 磺酸酯系酸產生劑、雙烷基或雙芳基磺醯基重氮甲烷類、 聚(雙磺醯基)重氮甲烷類等重氮甲烷系酸產生劑、硝基 苄磺酸酯類系酸產生劑、亞胺基磺酸酯系酸產生劑、二颯 類系酸產生劑等多種已知化合物。 鎩鹽系酸產生劑,例如可使用下述通式(b - 1 )或( b - 2 )所示化合物。 【化3 8】[wherein 'R has the same content as described above]. When the component (A4) contains the structural unit (a4), the ratio of the structural unit (a 4 ) in the component (A1) to the total structural unit of the component (A 1 ) constitutes 〜3. 〇 耳 % is better, and it is better to contain 10 to 20% by mole. In the present invention, the (A 1 ) component is preferably a copolymer containing structural units (a 1 ), (a2), and (a3). The copolymer is, for example, a copolymer obtained from structural units (a 1 ), ( ), and (a3), a copolymer obtained by structural units (al), (a2), (a3), and (a4). The component (A 1 ) can be obtained by polymerization of a monomer derived from each structural unit, for example, a radical polymerization initiator such as azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) by a known radical polymerization. Further, in the above-mentioned polymerization, the (A 1 ) component may be, for example, a chain transfer agent such as HS-ch2-ch2-ch2-C(CF3)2-OH, and a C(CF3)2 may be introduced at the end. OH group. Thus, a copolymer having a hydroxyalkyl group in which one of the hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom can be obtained, whereby the defect can be effectively reduced or the LER (Line Edge Roughness) can be effectively reduced. The mass average molecular weight (Mw) of the component (A1) (the polystyrene equivalent amount of the gel permeation chromatography method) is not particularly limited, and is generally preferably 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and 5,000. ~20,000 is especially good. When it is less than the upper limit of the range, sufficient solubility is obtained for the photoresist as a photoresist, and when it is larger than the lower limit of the range, a good dry etching resistance or a resist pattern cross-sectional shape can be obtained. Further, the degree of dispersion (M w / Mn ) is preferably in the range of 1 · 0 to 5 · 0, more preferably from 1 · 〇 to 3.0, and most preferably from 1 2 to 2.5. Further, Μη is a number average molecular weight. [(A 2 ) component] -63- 200923574 (A2) component, the acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group exemplified in the description of the above (A 1 ) component having a molecular weight of 500 or more and less than 2 Å, and A hydrophilic group of a low molecular compound is preferred. Specifically, a compound in which a part of a hydrogen atom of a hydroxyl group of a compound having a plural phenol skeleton is substituted with the above-mentioned acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group or the like. The component (A2), for example, a sensitizer in a g-line or i-line resist which is known to be non-chemically amplified, or a part of a hydrogen atom of a hydroxyl group of a low molecular weight phenol compound of a heat-resistant enhancer is dissociated by the above acid The component substituted by the dissolution inhibiting group may be used arbitrarily. The low molecular weight cerium compound, for example, bis(4-indolyl)methane, bis(2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl)methane, 2 _(4-hydroxyphenyl)- 2-(4,-hydroxyl Phenyl)propane, 2-(2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl)-2-(2,3,4'-trihydroxyphenyl)propane, tris(4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, double (4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)- 2-hydroxyphenylmethane, bis(4-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylphenyl)-2-hydroxyphenylmethane, double (4 Monohydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-3,4~di residue phenylmethane, bis(4-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylphenyl)-3,4-dihydroxyphenylmethane , bis(4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,4~dihydroxyphenylmethane, bis(3-cyclohexyl-4-hydroxyl-6-methylphenyl)-tetrahydroxyphenylmethane , bis(3-cyclohexyl-4-hydroxy-6~methylphenyl)-3,4-dihydroxyphenylmethane, hydrazine-[1 -(4-hydroxyphenyl)isopropyl]-[1, 1 A pair of bisphenol (4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene, phenol, m-cresol, p-cresol or xylenol 2, 3, 4 nucleus of aldehyde water condensate, and the like. Of course, it is not limited to this. -64-200923574 The acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group is not particularly limited. For example, the above may be mentioned. (A) The ingredients may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the photoresist composition of the present invention, the content of the component (A) may be adjusted in accordance with the thickness of the photoresist film to be formed. &lt;(B) Component&gt; (B) The component is not particularly limited, and the component which has been proposed so far as an acid generator for chemically amplified photoresist can be used. The acid generator is, for example, a gun salt acid generator such as an iodonium salt or a phosphonium salt, an oxime sulfonate acid generator, a dialkyl or bisarylsulfonyldiazomethane, or a polysulfonate. Hydrazine-based diazomethane-based acid generator, nitrobenzyl sulfonate-based acid generator, iminosulfonate-based acid generator, diterpenoid acid generator, etc. Compound. As the onium salt acid generator, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (b-1) or (b-2) can be used. [化3 8]

〔式中,R1”至R3&quot;、R5’’至R6’’,各自獨立爲芳基或烷 基;式(b — 1)中之R1&quot;至R3&quot;中,任意2個可相互鍵結 並與式中之硫原子共同形成環亦可;R4&quot;爲可具有取代基 -65- 200923574 之烷基、鹵化烷基、芳基或烯基;R1&quot;至R3&quot;中至少1個爲 芳基,R5&quot;至R6&quot;中至少1個爲芳基〕。 式(b - 1 )中,R1&quot;至R3&quot;各自獨立爲芳基或烷基;式 (b- 1 )中之R1&quot;至R”中’任意2個可相互鍵結並與式 中之硫原子共同形成環亦可。 又,R1”至R3&quot;中’至少1個爲芳基。R1^ R3&quot;中以2 個以上爲芳基者爲佳’又以R1&quot;至R3’’全部爲芳基者爲最 佳。 R1&quot;至R3&quot;之芳基’並未有特別限制,例如爲碳數6〜 20之芳基,且該芳基之一部份或全部的氫原子可被烷基 、院氧基、鹵素原子、羥基等所取代,或未被取代者亦可 芳基就可廉價合成等觀點上,以使用碳數6〜10之芳 基爲佳。具體而言,例如苯基、萘基等。 前述可以取代前述芳基之氫原子的烷基,以碳數1〜 5之烷基爲佳,又以甲基、乙基、丙基、n 一丁基、tert_ 丁基爲最佳。 SU述可以取代前述芳基之氫原子的烷氧基,以碳數 丁氧基' tert - 丁氧基爲最佳。以甲氧 〜5之烷虱基爲佳’又以甲氧基、乙氧基、η -丙氧基 i s 〇 _丙氧基' η 前述芳基之氫原子的鹵素原子,以氟原 基、乙氧基爲特佳 前述可以取代 子爲佳。 R 】&quot;辛 R3&quot;〉b &lt;院基,並未有特別限制,例如可爲碳數 -66- 200923574 〜1 0之直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀烷基等。就具有優良解析 性等觀點,以碳數1〜5者爲佳。具體而言’例如甲基、 乙基、η—丙基、異丙基、η- 丁基、異丁基、η_戊基、 環戊基、己基、環己基、壬基、癸基等。就具有優良解析 性、且可廉價合成之觀點而言,以使用甲基爲更佳。 式(b— 1 )中之R1&quot;至R3’’中,任意2個可相互鍵結 並與式中之硫原子共同形成環之情形中,以形成含有硫原 子之3〜10員環爲佳,又以形成含有5〜7員環者爲更佳 〇 式(b— 1 )中之R1’’至R3”中,任意2個可相互鍵結 並與式中之硫原子共同形成環之情形中,剩餘之1個以芳 基爲佳。前述芳基,例如與前述R1’’至R3’’之芳基爲相同 之內容。 R4&quot;爲可具有取代基之烷基、鹵化烷基、芳基,或烯 基。 R4&quot;中之烷基,可爲直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀中任一者 皆可。 前述直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基,以碳數1〜10爲佳,以 碳數1〜8爲更佳,以碳數1〜4爲最佳。 前述環狀之烷基中,以碳數4〜15爲佳,以碳數4〜 1 〇爲更佳,以碳數6〜1 0爲最佳。 R4&quot;中之鹵化烷基,例如前述直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀 之烷基中之氫原子的一部份或全部被鹵素原子所取代之基 等。該鹵素原子例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等 -67- 200923574 ,又以氟原子爲佳。 歯化纟7C基中’鹵素原子相對於該歯化院基中所含之鹵 素原子及氫原子之合計數,鹵素原子數之比例(鹵化率( °/。))以〗〇〜1 〇 〇 %爲佳,以5 0〜1 0 〇 %爲更佳,以1 〇 〇 % 爲最佳。該鹵化率越高時,以酸之強度越強而爲更佳。 gij述R4中之芳基,以碳數6〜20之芳基爲佳。 前述R4&quot;中之烯基,以碳數2〜1 〇之烯基爲佳。 前述R4’’中’ 「可具有取代基」係指前述直鏈狀 '支 鍵狀或環狀之烷基、鹵化烷基、芳基,或烯基中之氫原子 的一部份或全部被取代基(氫原子以外之其他原子或基) 所取代亦可之意。 R4中之取代基的數目可爲I個,或2個以上亦可。 前述取代基’例如,鹵素原子、雜原子、烷基、R5 -0 —〔式中’ R5爲1價之芳香族有機基、1價之脂肪族烴 基或羥基烷基〕所表示之基等。 則述鹵素原子 '烷基例如,於與R 4 &quot;中之鹵化烷基中 列舉作爲鹵素原子、烷基之基爲相同之內容。 雜原子’例如氧原子、氮原子、硫原子等。 前述R5 - 〇 —所表示之基中,…之!價芳香族有機基 例如本基或聯苯基(biphenyl)、荀基(fluorenyl)、 奈基、蒽基(anthr aCyl )基、菲基等之芳香族烴之環去除 1個氫原子之芳基;構成前述芳基之環的碳原子之一部份 被氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等雜原子取代所得之雜芳基; 下基、苯乙基、1—萘甲基、2 一萘甲基、1 一萘乙基、2 一 -68- 200923574 萘乙基等芳烷基等。 前述芳烷基中之烷鏈的碳數,以1〜4爲佳,以1〜2 爲更佳,又以1爲最佳。 前述芳基中’雜芳基、芳烷基,可具有碳數1〜10之 院基、鹵化院基、院氧基、經基、鹵素原子等取代基。該 取代基中之烷基或菌化烷基,以碳數1〜8爲佳,以碳數 1〜4爲最佳。又’該鹵化院基以氟化院基爲佳。該鹵素 原子,例如氟原子、氯原子、蛾原子、溴原子等,又以氟 原子爲佳。 R5之1價芳香族有機基,以芳烷基爲佳,以芳甲基 爲更佳,以萘甲基爲最佳。 R5之1價脂肪族烴基,例如,碳數1〜1 5之直鏈狀 、支鏈狀或環狀之1價飽和烴基,或,碳數2〜5之直鏈 狀或支鏈狀之1價脂肪族不飽和烴基等。 直鏈狀之1價飽和烴基,例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、 丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基等。 支鏈狀之1價飽和烴基,例如,1_甲基乙基、1-甲 基丙基、2—甲基丙基、1_甲基丁基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、1 一乙基丁基、2-乙基丁基、1 一甲基戊基、2 _甲基戊基、3—甲基戊基、4 一甲基戊基等。 環狀之1價飽和烴基,可爲多環式基、單環式基中任 一者皆可,例如,單環鏈烷、二環鏈烷、三環鏈烷、四環 鏈烷等多環鏈烷中去除1個氫原子所得之基等。更具體而 言,例如環戊烷、環己烷、環庚烷、環辛烷等單環鏈烷, -69- 200923574 或金剛丨兀、降冰片院、異冰片院、二環癸院、四環十二院 等多環鏈烷中去除1個氫原子所得之基等。 直鏈狀之1價不飽和烴基,例如,乙烯基、丙烯基( 烯丙基)、丁烯基等。 支鏈狀之1價不飽和烴基,例如,1 -甲基丙烯基、2 一甲基丙烯基等。 R5之1價脂肪族烴基之碳數,以2〜4爲佳,以3爲 最佳。 R5之羥基烷基爲,直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之1價飽 和烴基之至少1個氫原子被羥基所取代者。又以直鏈狀或 支鏈狀之1價飽和烴基的1個或2個之氫原子被羥基所取 代者爲佳。具體而言,例如羥基甲基、羥基乙基、1一經 基丙基、2_經基丙基、3 -經基丙基、2,3 — 一經基丙基 等。 R5之1價羥基院基之碳數以丨〜10爲佳’以1〜8爲 更佳,以1〜6爲最佳,以1〜3爲特佳。 式(b - 2 )中,R5&quot;及R6’’各自獨立爲芳基或烷基; R5”及R6&quot;中,至少1個爲芳基,以R5&quot;及R6&quot;中,二者皆 爲芳基者爲最佳。 R5&quot;及R6&quot;之芳基,例如與R1”至R3’’之芳基爲相同之 內容。 R5&quot;及R6&quot;之烷基,例如與R1’’至R3’’之烷基爲相同之 內容。 其中又以R5&quot;及r6&quot;二者皆爲苯基者爲最佳。 -70- 200923574 前述式(b-2)中之R4&quot;與(b— 1)中之R4&quot;爲相同 之內容。 式(b — 1 ) 、( b - 2 )所示鎩鹽系酸產生劑之具體例 如,二苯基碘鑰之三氟甲烷磺酸酯或九氟丁烷磺酸酯、雙 (4- tert-丁基苯基)碘鎗之三氟甲烷磺酸酯或九氟丁烷 磺酸酯、三苯基毓之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯 或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、三(4-甲基苯基)锍之三氟甲烷 磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、二甲基 (4 -羥基萘基)毓之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸 酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、單苯基二甲基毓之三氟甲烷磺酸 酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、二苯基單甲 基蔬之三氟甲院磺酸酯、其七氟丙院磺酸醋或其九氟丁垸 磺酸酯、(4 一甲基苯基)二苯基鏑之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、 其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、(4 一甲氧基苯 基)二苯基锍之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其 九氟丁烷磺酸酯、三(4 一 tert-丁基)苯基毓之三氟甲烷 磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、二苯基 (1 一(4一甲氧基)萘基)鏡之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟 丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、二(1 一萘基)苯基毓 之三氟甲院橫酸醋、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸 酯、1 -苯基四氫噻吩鎗之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷 擴酸酯或其九氟丁院擴酸酯、1一(4-甲基苯基)四氫噻 吩鎗之三氟甲院磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷 磺酸酯、1_ (3,5—二甲基一 4一羥苯基)四氫噻吩鎗之 -71 - 200923574 三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯 、1 一 (4 —甲氧基萘一 1 一基)四氫噻吩鑰之三氟甲烷磺 酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、1 -(4-乙氧基萘一 1一基)四氫噻吩鑷之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七 氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、1 一( 4 - η - 丁氧基 萘一 1 一基)四氫噻吩鑰之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷 磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、1 -苯基四氫噻喃鐵之三氟 甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、1 一 (4 一羥苯基)四氫噻喃鎗之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟 丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、1 一 (3,5 -二甲基一 4 -控苯基)四氫噻喃編之三氟甲院磺酸醋、其七氟丙院擴 酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、1 -(4-甲基苯基)四氫噻喃 鑰之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺 酸酯等。 又’可使用前述鎗鹽之陰離子部被甲烷磺酸酯、η - 丙烷磺酸酯、η -丁烷磺酸酯' η -辛烷磺酸酯所取代之鎗 鹽。 又’亦可使用前述式(b_l)或(b 一 2)中,陰離子 部被下述式(b - 3 )或(b - 4 )所示陰離子部取代所得之 鑰鹽系酸產生劑亦可(陽離子部係與前述式(b_l)或( b — 2 )相同)。 -72- 200923574 【化3 9】Wherein R1" to R3&quot;, R5'' to R6'' are each independently an aryl group or an alkyl group; in the formula (b-1), any one of R1&quot; to R3&quot; may be bonded to each other and A ring may be formed together with a sulfur atom in the formula; R4&quot; is an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent of -65-200923574; at least one of R1&quot; to R3&quot; is an aryl group, At least one of R5&quot; to R6&quot; is an aryl group. In the formula (b-1), R1&quot; to R3&quot; are each independently an aryl group or an alkyl group; in the formula (b-1), R1&quot; to R" 'Any two can be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom in the formula. Further, at least one of R1" to R3&quot; is an aryl group. It is preferable that two or more aryl groups are used in R1^R3&quot; and R1&quot; to R3'' are all aryl groups. R1&quot The aryl group to R3&quot; is not particularly limited, and is, for example, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and a part or all of a hydrogen atom of the aryl group may be an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, The aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferably used in the case where the hydroxy group or the like is substituted or unsubstituted, and the aryl group may be inexpensively synthesized. Specifically, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or the like may be used. The alkyl group of the hydrogen atom of the above aryl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group or a tert-butyl group. The alkoxy group of the hydrogen atom of the aryl group is preferably a carbon number butoxy 'tert-butoxy group. The methoxy group of methoxy-5 is preferred, and the methoxy group, the ethoxy group, the η group Propyl is 〇 _ propyloxy ' η The halogen atom of the hydrogen atom of the above aryl group is preferably a fluoroprimary group or an ethoxy group, and the above substituted group is preferred. R 】 &quot; 辛 R3&quot; 〉b &lt;Hospital base, there is no particular limitation, for example, it may be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having a carbon number of -66 to 200923574 to 10, etc., and has excellent analytical viewpoints, such as carbon. The number is preferably from 1 to 5. Specifically, for example, 'methyl, ethyl, η-propyl, isopropyl, η-butyl, isobutyl, η-pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl , fluorenyl group, fluorenyl group, etc. In terms of having excellent resolution and being inexpensively synthesized, it is more preferable to use a methyl group. Any one of R1&quot; to R3'' in the formula (b-1) In the case where they can be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom in the formula, it is preferable to form a ring of 3 to 10 members containing a sulfur atom, and it is preferable to form a ring having a ring of 5 to 7 (b- In the case of any of R1'' to R3" in 1), any two of them may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom in the formula, and the remaining one is preferably an aryl group. The above aryl group is, for example, the same as the above aryl group of R1'' to R3''. R4&quot; is an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent. The alkyl group in R4&quot; may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a ring. The linear or branched alkyl group is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 8, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 4. The cyclic alkyl group is preferably a carbon number of 4 to 15, more preferably a carbon number of 4 to 1 Torr, and most preferably a carbon number of 6 to 10. The halogenated alkyl group in R4&quot;, for example, a group in which a part or all of a hydrogen atom in the above linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group is substituted by a halogen atom or the like. The halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom or the like -67-200923574 is preferably a fluorine atom. The total number of halogen atoms in the 7C group of the ruthenium telluride relative to the halogen atom and the hydrogen atom contained in the ruthenium group, and the ratio of the number of halogen atoms (halogenation rate (°/.)) is 〇 1 1 〇〇 % is better, preferably 5 0~1 0 〇%, and 1 〇〇% is the best. When the halogenation rate is higher, the stronger the strength of the acid, the more preferable. The aryl group in R4 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group in the above R4&quot; is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 1 carbon atoms. The term "may have a substituent" in the above R4'' means that a part or all of the hydrogen atoms in the above linear 'chain-like or cyclic alkyl group, halogenated alkyl group, aryl group or alkenyl group are Substitution of a substituent (other than a hydrogen atom or a base) may also mean. The number of substituents in R4 may be one or two or more. The substituent ', for example, a halogen atom, a hetero atom, an alkyl group, or a group represented by R5 - 0 - [wherein R 5 is a monovalent aromatic organic group, a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a hydroxyalkyl group]. The halogen atom 'alkyl group' is, for example, the same as the halogen atom or the alkyl group in the halogenated alkyl group in R 4 &quot;. The hetero atom 'e.g., an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. The above R5 - 〇 - is represented by the base, ...! An aromatic hydrocarbon group such as a fluorene group having a hydrogen atom such as a ring of a base or a biphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthra aCyl group or a phenanthryl group. a heteroaryl group obtained by substituting a part of a carbon atom of the ring of the above aryl group with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom; a lower group, a phenethyl group, a 1-naphthylmethyl group, a 2-naphthyl group Base, 1-naphthylethyl, 2-68-200923574 naphthylethyl and the like aralkyl. The carbon number of the alkyl chain in the above aralkyl group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 2, and most preferably 1 is used. The 'heteroaryl group or the aralkyl group in the above aryl group may have a substituent such as a group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a halogenated compound group, a hospitaloxy group, a mesogenic group, or a halogen atom. The alkyl group or the bactericidal alkyl group in the substituent is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 8, and preferably a carbon number of 1 to 4. Moreover, the halogenated hospital base is preferably a fluoride hospital base. The halogen atom, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a moth atom, a bromine atom or the like, is preferably a fluorine atom. The monovalent aromatic organic group of R5 is preferably an aralkyl group, more preferably an arylmethyl group, and most preferably a naphthylmethyl group. a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group of R5, for example, a linear, branched or cyclic monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched chain having 2 to 5 carbon atoms; A valence aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon group or the like. A linear monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group or the like. Branched monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group, for example, 1-methylethyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methyl Butyl, 1-ethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 1-methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, and the like. The cyclic monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group may be any of a polycyclic group or a monocyclic group, for example, a polycyclic ring such as a monocyclic alkane, a bicycloalkane, a tricycloalkane or a tetracycloalkane. A group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from an alkane. More specifically, for example, monocycloalkane such as cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane or cyclooctane, -69-200923574 or Donkey Kong, Nori Institute, Heteroptera, Second Ring Hospital, Four A group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a polycyclic alkane such as a ring or a courtyard. A linear monovalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a vinyl group, a propenyl group, a butenyl group or the like. A branched monovalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a 1-methylpropenyl group, a 2-methylpropenyl group or the like. The carbon number of the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group of R5 is preferably 2 to 4, and most preferably 3. The hydroxyalkyl group of R5 is one in which at least one hydrogen atom of a linear, branched or cyclic monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group is substituted with a hydroxyl group. Further, one or two hydrogen atoms of a linear or branched monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group are preferably substituted by a hydroxyl group. Specifically, for example, a hydroxymethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, a monopropyl group, a 2-propyl group, a 3-propyl group, a 2,3-propyl group, and the like are used. The carbon number of the monovalent hydroxy group of R5 is preferably from 丨10 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 8, and most preferably from 1 to 6, and particularly preferably from 1 to 3. In the formula (b-2), R5&quot; and R6'' are each independently an aryl group or an alkyl group; at least one of R5" and R6&quot; is an aryl group, and both of R5&quot; and R6&quot; The base is the best. The aryl group of R5&quot; and R6&quot;, for example, is the same as the aryl group of R1" to R3". The alkyl group of R5&quot; and R6&quot; is, for example, the same as the alkyl group of R1'' to R3''. Among them, R5&quot; and r6&quot; both are the best. -70- 200923574 R4&quot; in the above formula (b-2) is the same as R4&quot; in (b-1). Specific examples of the sulfonium acid generator represented by the formulae (b-1) and (b-2), for example, diphenyliodide trifluoromethanesulfonate or nonafluorobutanesulfonate, bis(4-tert) -butylphenyl) iodine gun trifluoromethanesulfonate or nonafluorobutane sulfonate, triphenylsulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate , tris(4-methylphenyl)phosphonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, dimethyl(4-hydroxynaphthyl)phosphonium trifluoromethanesulfonate Acid ester, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, triphenylmethanesulfonate of monophenyldimethylhydrazine, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, diphenyl Trifluoromethanesulfonate of monomethyl vegetable, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutanesulfonate, (4-methylphenyl)diphenylphosphonium trifluoromethanesulfonic acid Ester, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, (4-methoxyphenyl)diphenylphosphonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate Acid ester, three (4 one Tert-butyl)phenyl hydrazine trifluoromethane sulfonate, heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, diphenyl (1-(4-methoxy)naphthyl) mirror Fluoromethanesulfonate, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, bis(1-naphthyl)phenyl fluorene trifluoromethane vinegar, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane Alkane sulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate of 1-phenyltetrahydrothiophene gun, heptafluoropropane extended acid ester or its nonafluorobutyrate extended acid ester, 1-(4-methylphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene gun Trifluoromethanesulfonate, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, 1-(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)tetrahydrothiophene gun-71 - 200923574 Fluoromethanesulfonate, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, 1-(4-methoxynaphthalene-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene-trifluoromethanesulfonate, and heptafluoropropane sulfonate An acid ester thereof or a nonafluorobutane sulfonate thereof, a trifluoromethanesulfonate of 1-(4-ethoxynaphthalene-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene, a heptafluoropropane sulfonate thereof or a nonafluorobutane sulfonate thereof Acid ester, 1 (4-n-butoxynaphthalene-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene-trifluoromethanesulfonate, heptafluoropropanesulfonate or its nonafluorobutanesulfonate, 1-phenyltetrahydrothiopyran Trifluoromethanesulfonate, heptafluoropropane sulfonate or nonafluorobutane sulfonate thereof, trifluoromethanesulfonate of 1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)tetrahydrothiopyran gun, and heptafluoropropane sulfonate Or a nonafluorobutane sulfonate, a tris(3,5-dimethyl-4-iso-phenyl)tetrahydrothiopyran trifluoromethanesulfonate, a heptafluoropropane compound or Its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, 1-(4-methylphenyl)tetrahydrothiocarbamate trifluoromethanesulfonate, heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate. Further, a gun salt in which the anion portion of the above gun salt is replaced by a methanesulfonate, η-propanesulfonate or η-butanesulfonate 'η-octanesulfonate can be used. Further, the key salt acid generator obtained by substituting an anion moiety with an anion moiety represented by the following formula (b-3) or (b-4) in the above formula (b-1) or (b-2) may also be used. (The cation moiety is the same as the above formula (b-1) or (b-2)). -72- 200923574 [Chem. 3 9]

X&quot;…(b-3) 02S—Y&quot;X&quot;...(b-3) 02S—Y&quot;

(b_4) 〔式中,X”爲至少1個氫原子被氟原子取代之碳數2 〜6之伸烷基;Y ’’、Z ”各自獨立爲至少1個氫原子被氟原 子取代之碳數1〜1 〇之烷基〕。 X”爲至少1個氫原子被氟原子取代之直鏈狀或支鏈狀 伸烷基,該伸烷基之碳數較佳爲2〜6,更佳爲碳數3〜5 ,最佳爲碳數 3。 Y&quot;、Z”各自獨立爲至少1個氫原子被氟原子取代之直 鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基,該烷基之碳數較佳爲1〜10,更佳爲 碳數1〜7,最佳爲碳數1〜3。 X &quot;之伸烷基之碳數或 Y ”、Z 11之烷基的碳數於上述範 圍內時,基於對光阻溶劑具有優良溶解性等理由,以越小 越好。 又,X ”之伸烷基或 Y ”、Z &quot;之烷基中,被氟原子取代 之氫原子數越多時,酸之強度越強,又,相對於200nm 以下之高能量光線或電子線時,以其可提高透明性而爲較 佳。該伸烷基或烷基中之氟原子之比例,即氟化率,較佳 爲70〜100%,更佳爲90〜100%’最佳爲全部氫原子被氟 原子取代之全氟伸烷基或全氟烷基。 又,亦可使用具有下述通式(b - 5)或(b— 6)所表 -73- 200923574 示之陽離子部之銃鹽作爲鐵鹽系酸產生劑使用。 【化4 0】(b_4) [wherein X" is an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a fluorine atom; Y '', Z" are each independently a carbon in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a fluorine atom Number 1 to 1 〇 of the alkyl group]. X" is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a fluorine atom, and the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 2 to 6, more preferably from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, most preferably Carbon number 3. Y&quot;, Z" are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a fluorine atom, and the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably carbon number. 1 to 7, the best carbon number is 1 to 3. When the carbon number of the alkyl group of X &quot; or the carbon number of the alkyl group of Y" and Z11 is in the above range, it is preferably as small as possible based on the excellent solubility to the photoresist solvent, etc. Further, X" In the alkyl group of the alkyl group or the Y", Z &quot;, the more the number of hydrogen atoms substituted by the fluorine atom, the stronger the strength of the acid, and the higher the energy or electron line of 200 nm or less, It is preferred to increase the transparency. The proportion of the fluorine atom in the alkyl group or the alkyl group, that is, the fluorination rate, is preferably from 70 to 100%, more preferably from 90 to 100%, and most preferably all hydrogen. A perfluoroalkylene group or a perfluoroalkyl group in which an atom is substituted by a fluorine atom. Further, a cation having a cation moiety represented by the following formula (b-5) or (b-6)-73-200923574 may also be used. Salt is used as an iron salt acid generator. [Chemical 4 0]

〔式中,R41〜R46爲各自獨立之烷基、乙醯基、烷氧 基、羧基、羥基或羥烷基;ηι〜η5爲各自獨立之0〜3之 整數,n6爲0〜2之整數〕。 〜R46中,烷基以碳數1〜5之烷基爲佳,其中又 以直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基爲更佳,以甲基、乙基、丙基、 異丙基、η-丁基、或tert - 丁基爲特佳。 烷氧基以碳數1〜5之烷氧基爲佳,其中又以直鏈狀 或支鏈狀之烷氧基爲更佳,以甲氧基、乙氧基爲特佳。 羥烷基以上述烷基中之一個或多數個之氫原子被經基 所取代之基爲佳,例如羥甲基、羥乙基、羥丙基等。 R41〜R46所附加之符號〜〜n6爲2以上之整數時’ 該複數之R41〜R40各自可爲相同或相異皆可。 m較佳爲0〜2,更佳爲0或1,最佳爲〇。 112及n3,較佳爲各自獨立之0或1,更佳爲〇°Wherein R41 to R46 are each independently an alkyl group, an ethyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group or a hydroxyalkyl group; ηι to η5 are each an integer of 0 to 3, and n6 is an integer of 0 to 2; ]. In R46, the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, and a η group. - Butyl, or tert - butyl is particularly preferred. The alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group, and particularly preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. The hydroxyalkyl group is preferably a group in which one or a plurality of hydrogen atoms of the above alkyl group are substituted with a group, for example, a methylol group, a hydroxyethyl group, a hydroxypropyl group or the like. When the symbols ~ to n6 to be added to R41 to R46 are integers of 2 or more, the respective R41 to R40 of the plural number may be the same or different. m is preferably 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, most preferably 〇. 112 and n3, preferably each independently 0 or 1, more preferably 〇°

Du較佳爲〇〜2,更佳爲0或1。 -74- 200923574 n5較佳爲0或1,更佳爲0。 η6較佳爲0或1,更佳爲1。 具有式(b — 5)或(b — 6)所表示之陽離子部之銃鹽 的陰離子部,並未有特別限定,其可使用與目前提案作爲 鎗鹽系酸產生劑之陰離子部爲相同之陰離子部。該陰離子 部,例如上述通式(b - 1)或(b - 2)所表示之鍚鹽系酸 產生劑之陰離子部(R4__S03 —)等氟化烷基磺酸離子;上 述通式(b — 3)或(b — 4)所表示之陰離子部等。 本說明書中,肟磺酸酯系酸產生劑例如至少具有1個 下述通式(B — 1 )所示之基之化合物,其具有經由放射線 照射可產生酸之特性。前述肟磺酸酯系酸產生劑,常用於 化學增幅型正型光阻組成物使用,本發明可任意進行選擇 使用。 【化4 1】 —-C=N—0—S〇2—R31 R32 · · (B- i) 〔式(B—l)中’ R31、R32各自獨立爲有機基〕。 R31、R32之有機基爲含有碳原子之基,但其亦可含有 碳原子以外之原子(例如氫原子、氧原子、氮原子、硫原 子、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子等)等)。 R31之有機基,以直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀烷基或芳基 爲佳。前述烷基、芳基可具有取代基。該取代基並未有任 何限制,例如可爲氟原子、碳數1〜6之直鏈狀、支鍵狀 或環狀烷基等。其中,「具有取代基」係指烷基或芳基之 -75- 200923574 氫原子中至少1個被取代基所取代之意。 烷基以碳數1〜20爲佳’以碳數1〜10爲較佳’以碳 數1〜8爲更佳,以碳數1〜6爲最佳,以碳數1〜4爲特 佳。其中,烷基,特別是以部份或完全被鹵化所得之烷基 (以下,亦稱爲鹵化烷基)爲佳。又’部份鹵化之烷基’ 係指氫原子之一部份被鹵素原子所取代之烷基,完全鹵化 之烷基,係指氫原子全部被圈素原子所取代之烷基之意。 前述鹵素原子,例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等 ’特別是以氟原子爲佳。即,鹵化院基以氟化院基爲佳。 芳基以碳數4〜20者爲佳,以碳數4〜10者爲較佳, 以碳數6〜1 0者爲更佳。芳基特別是以部份或全部被鹵化 所得之芳基爲佳。又,部份鹵化之芳基,係指氫原子之一 部份被鹵素原子所取代之芳基,完全鹵化之芳基,係指氫 原子全部被鹵素原子所取代之芳基之意。 R31特別是以不具有取代基之碳數1〜4之烷基,或碳 數1〜4之氟化烷基爲佳。 R32之有機基’以直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀烷基、芳基 或氰基爲佳。R3 2之垸基、芳基,例如與前述R 3 1所列舉 之烷基、芳基爲相同之內容。 R32特別是爲氰基、不具有取代基之碳數1〜8之烷基 ,或碳數1〜8之氟化烷基爲佳。 肟磺酸酯系酸產生劑’更佳者例如下述通式(B - 2) 或(B — 3 )所示化合物等。 -76- 200923574 【化4 2】 R34-C=N—Ο—S02—R35 R33 . . (B-2) 〔式(B_2)中,R3 3爲氰基、不具有取代基之烷基 或鹵化垸基·’ R34爲芳基·’ R35爲不具有取代基之院基或 鹵化烷基〕。 【化4 3】 R37--C=N—Ο——SO,一R38Du is preferably 〇~2, more preferably 0 or 1. -74- 200923574 n5 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0. Η6 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1. The anion portion having a sulfonium salt of the cation portion represented by the formula (b-5) or (b-6) is not particularly limited, and it can be used in the same manner as the anion portion currently proposed as a gun salt acid generator. Anion part. The anion moiety is, for example, a fluorinated alkylsulfonate ion such as an anion moiety (R4__S03-) of the phosphonium salt generator represented by the above formula (b-1) or (b-2); 3) or an anion moiety represented by (b-4). In the present specification, the oxime sulfonate-based acid generator has, for example, a compound having at least one group represented by the following formula (B-1), which has a property of generating an acid by radiation irradiation. The above-mentioned oxime sulfonate-based acid generator is generally used for a chemically amplified positive-type photoresist composition, and the present invention can be optionally used. [Chemical 4 1] —C=N—0—S〇2—R31 R32 · · (B-i) [In the formula (B-1), R31 and R32 are each independently an organic group]. The organic group of R31 and R32 is a group containing a carbon atom, but it may contain an atom other than a carbon atom (e.g., a hydrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, etc.)). The organic group of R31 is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl or aryl group. The aforementioned alkyl group or aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited and may, for example, be a fluorine atom, a linear one having a carbon number of 1 to 6, a branched or a cyclic alkyl group or the like. Here, the "having a substituent" means that at least one of the -75 to 200923574 hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group or the aryl group is substituted with a substituent. The alkyl group preferably has a carbon number of from 1 to 20, preferably from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably from 1 to 8 carbon atoms, most preferably from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. . Among them, the alkyl group is particularly preferably an alkyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as a halogenated alkyl group) obtained by partial or complete halogenation. Further, the "partially halogenated alkyl group" means an alkyl group in which a part of a hydrogen atom is substituted by a halogen atom, and a completely halogenated alkyl group means an alkyl group in which all hydrogen atoms are replaced by a circle atom. The halogen atom, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom or the like is particularly preferably a fluorine atom. That is, the halogenated yard base is preferably a fluorinated yard base. The aryl group is preferably a carbon number of 4 to 20, preferably a carbon number of 4 to 10, and more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 10. The aryl group is particularly preferably an aryl group obtained by partially or completely halogenating. Further, a partially halogenated aryl group means an aryl group in which one of hydrogen atoms is partially substituted by a halogen atom, and an aryl group which is completely halogenated means an aryl group in which a hydrogen atom is entirely substituted by a halogen atom. R31 is particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which has no substituent. The organic group of R32 is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an aryl group or a cyano group. The fluorenyl group and the aryl group of R3 2 are, for example, the same as those of the alkyl group and the aryl group exemplified in the above R 3 1 . R32 is particularly preferably a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which does not have a substituent, or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The oxime sulfonate-based acid generator is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B-2) or (B-3). -76- 200923574 R4-C=N—Ο—S02—R35 R33 . (B-2) [In the formula (B_2), R3 3 is a cyano group, an alkyl group having no substituent or halogenated Mercapto·R34 is an aryl group. 'R35 is a hospital group or a halogenated alkyl group having no substituent. [化4 3] R37--C=N-Ο-SO, a R38

I R36 n„ t 〔式(B — 3 )中’ R36爲氰基、不具有取代基之烷基 或鹵化烷基;R37爲2或3價之芳香族烴基;r38爲不具 有取代基之烷基或鹵化烷基,P&quot;爲2或3〕。 前述式(B- 2)中’ R33之不具有取代基之烷基或鹵 化院基,以碳數1〜1 〇爲佳’以碳數1〜8爲更佳,以碳 數1〜6爲最佳。 R33以鹵化烷基爲佳’又以氟化烷基爲更佳。 R3 3中之氟化烷基’其烷基中氫原子以5 0 %以上被氟 化者爲佳,更佳爲70%以上’又以90%以上被氟化者爲最 佳。 R34之芳基,例如苯基或聯苯基(biPhenyl)、芴基 (fluorenyl)、萘基、蒽基(anthracyl)基、菲基等之芳 香族烴之環去除1個氫原子之基’及構成前述基之環的碳 原子之一部份被氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等雜原子取代所 -77- 200923574 得之雜芳基等。其中又以荀基爲更佳。 R34之芳基’可具有碳數1〜1〇之烷基、鹵化烷基、 院氧基等取代基亦可。該取代基中之烷基或鹵化烷基,以 碳數1〜8爲佳’以碳數1〜4爲更佳。又,該鹵化烷基以 氟化烷基爲更佳。 R35之不具有取代基之烷基或鹵化烷基,以碳數】〜 10爲佳’以碳數1〜8爲更佳,以碳數1〜6爲最佳。 R3 5以鹵化烷基爲佳’以氟化烷基爲更佳。 R35中之氟化烷基,其烷基之氫原子以50%以上被氟 化者爲佳’更佳爲7 0 %以上,又以9 〇 %以上被氟化時,可 提高所產生之酸而爲更佳。最佳者則爲氫原子1〇〇 %被氟 取代之全氟化烷基。 前述式(B — 3)中,R3 6之不具有取代基之烷基或鹵 化烷基,例如與上述R33所示之不具有取代基之烷基或鹵 化烷基爲相同之內容。 R37之2或3價之芳香族烴基,例如由上述r34之芳 基中再去除1或2個氫原子所得之基等。 R38之不具有取代基之烷基或鹵化烷基,例如與上述 R35所示之不具有取代基之烷基或鹵化烷基爲相同之內容 〇 p ”較佳爲2。 肟磺酸酯系酸產生劑之具體例’如α _( p 一甲苯磺 醯氧亞胺基)—苄基氰化物(cyanide) 、〇: — (ρ-氯基 苯磺醯氧亞胺基)〜苄基氰化物、α - (4-硝基苯磺醯 -78- 200923574 氧亞胺基)一节基氰化物、α — (4 一硝基一 2—二氟甲基 苯磺醯氧亞胺基)-苄基氰化物、α - (苯磺醯氧亞胺基 )一 4一氯基苄基氰化物、a —(苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一 2,4 一二氯基苄基氰化物、α - (苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一 2,6 -二氯基苄基氰化物、- (苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一 4 —甲氧 基苄基氰化物、α -(2-氯基苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一 4一甲 氧基苄基氰化物、α - (苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一噻嗯一 2 -基乙腈、α - (4 一十二烷基苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一苄基氰 化物、〇: — 〔 (ρ—甲苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一 4一甲氧基苯基 〕乙腈、α — 〔(十二烷基苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一 4一甲氧 基苯基〕乙腈、α - (對甲苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一 4 一噻嗯 基氰化物、α - (甲基磺醯氧亞胺基)- 1 -環戊烯基乙 腈、α — (甲基磺醯氧亞胺基)一1 一環己烯基乙腈、α 一(甲基磺醯氧亞胺基)一 1 一環庚烯基乙腈、α — (甲 基磺醯氧亞胺基)- 1 一環辛烯基乙腈、- (三氟甲基 磺醯氧亞胺基)一 1 -環戊烯基乙腈、α - (三氟甲基磺 醯氧亞胺基)一環己基乙腈、α — (乙基磺醯氧亞胺基) 一乙基乙腈、α — (丙基磺醯氧亞胺基)一丙基乙腈、α -(環己基磺醯氧亞胺基)-環戊基乙腈、α —(環己基 磺醯氧亞胺基)一環己基乙腈、α - (環己基磺醯氧亞胺 基)一 1 一環戊烯基乙腈、α —(乙基磺醯氧亞胺基)一 1 -環戊烯基乙腈、α - (異丙基磺醯氧亞胺基)一 1 一環 戊烯基乙腈、α — (η— 丁基磺醯氧亞胺基)一 1 一環戊烯 基乙腈、α — (乙基磺醯氧亞胺基)一 1 一環己烯基乙腈 -79- 200923574 、α —(異丙基磺醯氧亞胺基)一1 一環己烯基乙腈、α 一(η— 丁基磺醯氧亞胺基)一 1一環己烯基乙腈、( 甲基擴酿氧亞胺基)-苯基乙腈、α - (甲基磺醯氧亞月安 基)- ρ—甲氧基苯基乙腈、〇:- (三氟甲基磺醯氧亞胺 基)一苯基乙腈、- (三氟甲基磺醯氧亞胺基)—ρ — 甲氧基苯基乙腈、α — (乙基磺醯氧亞胺基)一 ρ~甲氧 基苯基乙腈、0: - (丙基磺醯氧亞胺基)- ρ~甲基苯基 乙腈、α - (甲基磺醯氧亞胺基)_Ρ —溴基苯基乙腈等 又,特開平 9 - 20 8 5 5 4號公報(段落〔0012〕至〔 〇 〇 1 4〕之〔化1 8〕至〔化1 9〕)所揭不之Θ弓擴酸醋系酸 產生齊^,W02004/074242A2(65〜85 頁之 Example 1 〜40 )所揭示之肟磺酸酯系酸產生劑亦可配合需要使用。 又,較適當者例如下述所示之化合物等。 【化4 4】I R36 n„ t [In the formula (B-3), R36 is a cyano group, an alkyl group having no substituent or an alkyl halide; R37 is a 2- or trivalent aromatic hydrocarbon group; and r38 is an alkane having no substituent. Or a halogenated alkyl group, P&quot; is 2 or 3]. In the above formula (B-2), the alkyl group or the halogenated compound having no substituent of R33 is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 1 Å. 1 to 8 is more preferable, and the carbon number is preferably 1 to 6. R33 is preferably a halogenated alkyl group and more preferably a fluorinated alkyl group. The fluorinated alkyl group in R3 3 is a hydrogen atom in the alkyl group. It is preferred that more than 50% is fluorinated, more preferably 70% or more, and more preferably 90% or more of fluorinated. R34 aryl, such as phenyl or biphenyl (biPhenyl), fluorenyl A ring of an aromatic hydrocarbon such as a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracyl group or a phenanthryl group, and a part of a carbon atom which removes one hydrogen atom and a part of a carbon atom constituting the ring of the aforementioned group are oxygen atoms and sulfur atoms. a hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom is substituted by -77-200923574 to obtain a heteroaryl group, etc., wherein a fluorenyl group is more preferred. The aryl group of R34 may have an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 fluorene, an alkyl halide group, or a a substituent such as an oxy group The alkyl group or the halogenated alkyl group in the substituent is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 8 and more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 4. Further, the halogenated alkyl group is more preferably a fluorinated alkyl group. The alkyl group having a substituent or the alkyl group having a halogenated group is preferably a carbon number of from 10 to 10, more preferably a carbon number of from 1 to 8, and most preferably a carbon number of from 1 to 6. R 3 5 is preferably a halogenated alkyl group. More preferably, the fluorinated alkyl group is a fluorinated alkyl group in R35, wherein the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group is preferably fluorinated by 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, and fluorinated by more than 9% by weight. In the case of the above formula (B-3), R3 6 has no substituent. The alkyl group or the halogenated alkyl group is, for example, the same as the alkyl group or the halogenated alkyl group having no substituent represented by the above R33. The 2 or 3 valent aromatic hydrocarbon group of R37 is, for example, an aryl group of the above r34. A group obtained by removing 1 or 2 hydrogen atoms, etc. The alkyl group or the halogenated alkyl group having no substituent of R38 is, for example, the same as the alkyl group or halogenated alkyl group having no substituent represented by the above R35. 〇 p " is preferably 2. Specific examples of an oxime sulfonate-based acid generator such as α _( p-toluenesulfonyloxyimino)-benzyl cyanide (cyanide), 〇: — (ρ-chlorophenylsulfonyloxyimino) )~Benzyl cyanide, α-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyl-78-200923574 oxyimino), a cyanide, α-(4-nitro-2-difluoromethylbenzenesulfonate) Imino)-benzyl cyanide, α-(phenylsulfonyloxyimino)-tetrachlorobenzyl benzyl cyanide, a-(phenylsulfonyloxyimino)- 2,4-dichloro Benzyl cyanide, α-(phenylsulfonyloxyimido)-2,6-dichlorobenzyl cyanide, -(phenylsulfonyloxyimino)-4-methoxybenzyl cyanide, Α-(2-Chlorobenzenesulfonyloxyimino)-tetramethyloxycyanide, α-(phenylsulfonyloxyimino)-thiazol-2-ylacetonitrile, α - (4 Dodecylbenzenesulfonyloxyimido)-benzyl cyanide, hydrazine: —[(ρ-toluenesulfonyloxyimido)-4-methoxyphenyl]acetonitrile, α — 〔(十Dialkylbenzenesulfonyloxyimido)-4-methoxyphenyl]acetonitrile, α- (pair Phenylsulfonyloxyimido)-4-ylthiocyanate, α-(methylsulfonyloxyimino)-1-cyclopentenylacetonitrile, α-(methylsulfonyloxyimino) 1-cyclohexenylacetonitrile, α-(methylsulfonyloxyimido)-1,4-cycloheptenylacetonitrile, α-(methylsulfonyloxyimino)-1 monocyclooctenylacetonitrile, - ( Trifluoromethylsulfonyloxyimido)-1-cyclopentenylacetonitrile, α-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxyimido)-cyclohexylacetonitrile, α-(ethylsulfonyloxyimino) Monoethyl acetonitrile, α-(propylsulfonyloxyimido)-propyl acetonitrile, α-(cyclohexylsulfonyloxyimino)-cyclopentylacetonitrile, α-(cyclohexylsulfonyloxyimine a) cyclohexylacetonitrile, α-(cyclohexylsulfonyloxyimido)-1-cyclopentenylacetonitrile, α-(ethylsulfonyloxyimido)-1-cyclopentenylacetonitrile, α - ( Isopropylsulfonyloxyimido)-1-cyclopentenylacetonitrile, α-(η-butylsulfonyloxyimino)-1,4-cyclopentenylacetonitrile, α-(ethylsulfonyloxyimine Base) Acetonitrile-79-200923574, α-(isopropylsulfonyloxyimino)-1-cyclohexenylacetonitrile, α-(η-butylsulfonyloxyimido)-1-cyclohexenylacetonitrile, (methyl extended oxyimino)-phenylacetonitrile, α-(methylsulfonyloxy-yenyl)-ρ-methoxyphenylacetonitrile, hydrazine:-(trifluoromethylsulfonate Amino)-phenylacetonitrile, -(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxyimino)-ρ-methoxyphenylacetonitrile, α-(ethylsulfonyloxyimino)-ρ~methoxybenzene Acetonitrile, 0: - (propylsulfonyloxyimido)-ρ~methylphenylacetonitrile, α-(methylsulfonyloxyimido)_Ρ-bromophenylacetonitrile, etc. - 20 8 5 5 No. 4 (paragraphs [0012] to [ 〇〇1 4] [Chem. 18] to [Chem. 1 9]), which are not disclosed in the Θ 扩 扩 扩 扩 扩 ,, W02004/ The sulfonate-based acid generator disclosed in 074242A2 (Examples 1 to 40 on pages 65 to 85) may also be used in combination. Further, for example, a compound shown below or the like is suitable. [4 4]

C4H9-O2S—〇—N=C—C=N—〇—S02—C4He CN CN H3C--C=N-OS〇2-(CH2)3CH3 H3C*—C^=N—OSO2-(CH2)$CH3C4H9-O2S—〇—N=C—C=N—〇—S02—C4He CN CN H3C--C=N-OS〇2-(CH2)3CH3 H3C*—C^=N—OSO2-(CH2)$ CH3

C*==N一0一S〇2一C4F9 (CF2)6-HC*==N-0-S〇2-C4F9 (CF2)6-H

一0—S〇2—C4F9 (cF2)4-H 重氮甲烷系酸產生劑中,雙烷基或雙方基磺醯基重氮 甲烷類之具體例,如雙(異丙基磺醯基)重氮甲烷、雙( p 一甲苯磺醯基)重氮甲烷、雙(I,1甲基乙基磺醯基 -80- 200923574 )重氮甲院、雙(環己基磺醯基)重氮甲院、雙(2,4 一 二甲基苯基磺醯基)重氮甲烷等。 又,亦適合使用特開平11- 035551號公報、特開平 11— 035552號公報、特開平11— 035573號公報所揭示之 重氮甲烷系酸產生劑。 又’聚(雙磺醯基)重氮甲烷類,例如特開平1 1 一 322707號公報所揭示之1,3 -雙(苯基磺醯基重氮甲基擴 醯基)丙烷、1,4 一雙(苯基磺醯基重氮甲基磺醯基)丁 烷、1,6-雙(苯基磺醯基重氮甲基磺醯基)己烷、M〇 一雙(苯基磺醯基重氮甲基磺醯基)癸烷、1,2-雙(環 己基磺醯基重氮甲基磺醯基)乙烷' 1,3 -雙(環己基磺 醯基重氮甲基磺醯基)丙烷、1,6—雙(環己基磺醯基重 氮甲基磺醯基)己烷、1,1〇_雙(環己基磺醯基重氮甲基 磺醯基)癸烷等。 (B )成份,可單獨使用1種前述酸產生劑,或將2 種以上組合使用亦可。 本發明中,(B )成份以使用可具有取代基之氟化烷 基磺酸離子作爲陰離子部之鑰鹽系酸產生劑爲佳。 本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物中’ (B )成份之 含量,對(A)成份100質量份爲使用〇·5〜30質量份’ 較佳爲使用1〜10質量份。於上述範圍時’可充分形成圖 型。且可得到均勻之溶液,與良好之保存安定性而爲較佳 -81 - 200923574 &lt; (C)成份&gt; (C)成份,爲上述本發明之含氟化合物(c)。 (c)成份,可單獨使用1種,或將2種以上組合使 用亦可。 本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物中,(C )成份之 含量,相對於(A )成份100質量份,以0.1〜20質量份 爲佳,以0.5〜1 5質量份爲更佳,以0.5〜1 0質量份爲最 佳,以1〜5質量份爲特佳。於上述範圍之下限値以上時 ,可提高使用該浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物所形成之光阻膜 的疏水性,爲具有適合浸潤式曝光用之疏水性之物,於上 限値以下時,可提高微影蝕刻特性。 &lt;任意成份&gt; 本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物中,爲提升光阻圖 型形狀、保存安定性(post exposure stability of the latent image formed by the pattern — wise exposure of the resist layer)時,可再添加任意成份之含氮有機化合物( D )(以下亦稱爲(D )成份)。 此(D)成份,目前已有多種化合物之提案,其亦可 使用公知之任意成份,其中又以脂肪族胺、特別是二級脂 肪族胺或三級脂肪族胺爲佳。其中,脂肪族胺,爲具有1 個以上之脂肪族基之胺,該脂肪族基以碳數1〜1 2者爲佳 〇 脂肪族胺,例如氨N Η 3中之至少1個氫原子被碳數 -82- 200923574 1 2以下之烷基或羥烷基取代所得之胺(烷基胺或院醇胺 )或環式胺等。 烷基胺與烷醇胺之具體例如η -己基胺、η —庚基胺 、η—羊基胺、η-壬基胺、η —癸基胺等單院基胺;二乙 基胺、一一 η —丙基胺、二一 η_庚基胺、二—η—辛基胺 、二環己基胺等二烷基胺;三甲基胺、三乙基胺、三一 η —丙基胺、二一 η - 丁基胺、三一 η—己基胺、三一 η-戊 基胺、二—η -庚基胺、三—η —辛基胺、三—η —壬基胺 、三一 η_癸基胺、三一 η —十二烷基胺等三烷基胺;二乙 醇胺、三乙醇胺、二異丙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、二—η 一辛 醇胺、三一 η-辛醇胺等烷醇胺。其中又以碳數5〜10之 二院基胺爲佳’以二一 η-戊基胺爲最佳。 環式胺’例如含有作爲雜原子之氮原子的雜環化合物 等。該雜環化合物,可爲單環式之化合物(脂肪族單環式 胺),或多環式之化合物(脂肪族多環式胺)亦可。 脂肪族單環式胺,具體而言,例如哌啶、哌嗪( piperazine )等 ° 脂肪族多環式胺,以碳數6〜1 0者爲佳,具體而言, 例如I,5-二氮雜二環〔4.3_0〕— 5-壬烯、ι,8 —二氮雜 二環〔5_4_0〕一 7-十一碳烯、六伸甲基四胺、ι,4 一二氮 雜二環〔2.2.2〕辛烷等。 其可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用皆可。 (D)成份對(A)成份100質量份,一般爲使用 0.01〜5.0質量份之範圍。 -83- 200923574 本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物,爲防止感度劣化 (Deterioration in sensitivity),或提升光阻圖型形狀、 保存安定性(post expo sure stability of the latent image formed by the p at t e r n — wi s e exposure of the resist layer )等目的上’可再含有任意成份之有機羧酸或磷之含氧酸 或其衍生物所成之群所選出之至少1種化合物(E )(以 下亦稱爲(E )成份)。 有機羧酸’例如乙酸、丙二酸、檸檬酸、蘋果酸、琥 珀酸、苯甲酸、水楊酸等爲佳。 磷之含氧酸及其衍生物,例如磷酸、膦酸(Phosphonic acid )、次膦酸(Phosphinic acid )等,其中又以膦酸爲 佳。 磷酸之含氧酸衍生物,例如前述含氧酸之氫原子被烴 基取代所得之酯基等’前述烴基,例如碳數1〜5之烷基 ,碳數6〜15之芳基等。 磷酸衍生物例如磷酸二- η- 丁酯、磷酸二苯酯等磷 酸酯等。 膦酸(Phosphonic acid )衍生物例如膦酸二甲酯、膦 酸一二一 η- 丁酯、苯基膦酸、膦酸二苯酯、膦酸二苄酯 等膦酸酯等。 次膦酸(P h 〇 s p h i n i c a c id )衍生物例如’苯基次膦酸 等次膦酸酯。 (E)成份可單獨使用1種’或將2種以上合併使用 亦可。 -84- 200923574 (E)成份對(A)成份100質量份而言,一般爲使 用0.01〜5.0質量份之比例。 本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物,可再配合需要適 當添加具有混合性之添加劑,例如可改良光阻膜性能之加 成樹脂,提升塗覆性之界面活性劑、溶解抑制劑、可塑劑 、安定劑、著色劑、光暈防止劑、染料等。 &lt;有機溶劑(S ) &gt; 本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物,可將材料溶解於 有機溶劑(S )(以下亦稱爲(S )成份)之方式製造。 (S)成份,只要可溶解所使用之各成份而形成均勻 之溶液即可,例如可由以往作爲化學增幅型光阻溶劑之公 知溶劑中’適當的選擇1種或2種以上使用。 例如r -丁內酯等內酯類,丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環己 酮、甲基一η—戊酮、甲基異戊酮、2 —庚酮等酮類;乙二 醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇等多元醇類;乙二醇單 乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙酸酯、或二丙二 醇單乙酸酯等具有酯鍵結之化合物;前述多元醇類或前述 具有酯鍵結之化合物的單甲基醚、單乙基醚、單丙基醚、 單丁基醚等單烷基醚或單苯基醚等具有醚鍵結之化合物等 之多元醇類之衍生物〔其中,又以丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯 (PGMEA )、丙二醇單甲基醚(PGME )爲佳〕;二噁烷 等環狀醚類;或乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯(EL)、乙酸甲酯 、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、甲氧 -85- 200923574 基丙酸甲酯、乙氧基丙酸乙酯等酯類;苯甲醚、乙基苄基 醚、甲酚甲基醚、二苯基醚、二苄基醚、苯乙醚、丁基苯 基醚、乙基苯、二乙基苯、戊基苯、異丙基苯、甲苯、二 甲苯、異丙基苯、三甲基苯等芳香族系有機溶劑等。 前述有機溶劑可單獨使用’或以2種以上之混合溶劑 形式使用亦可。 又,其中又以使用由丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯( PGMEA )與丙二醇單甲基醚(PGME )、乳酸乙酯(EL ) 爲佳。 又,亦可使用P G Μ E A與極性溶劑混合所得之混合溶 劑。其添加比(質量比)可依P 〇 M E A與極性溶劑之相溶 性等作適當之決定即可,較佳爲1 : 9至9 : 1 ’更佳爲2 :8至8 : 2之範圍。 更具體而言,極性溶劑爲使用乳酸乙酯(E L )時, PGMEA: EL之質量比較佳爲1: 9至9: 1,更佳爲2: 8 至8 : 2。極性溶劑爲使用PGME時,PGMEA : PGME之 質量比較佳爲1:9至9:1’更佳爲2:8至8:2,最佳 爲 3 : 7 至 7 : 3。 又,(S )成份中,其他例如使用由PGMEA與EL中 選出之至少1種與r -丁內酯所得混合溶劑爲佳。此時, 混合比例中,前者與後者之質量比較佳爲7 0 : 3 0〜9 5 : 5 〇 (S )成份之使用量並未有特別限定,一般可配合塗 佈於基板等之濃度,塗膜厚度等作適當的選擇設定,一般 -86- 200923574 可於光阻組成物中之固體成份濃度爲2〜20質量%,較佳 爲5〜1 5質量%之範圍下使用。 對材料(S )成份之溶解,例如,可將上述各成份僅 依通常方法進行混合、攪拌之方式亦可進行,又,必要時 可使用高速攪拌器、均質攪拌器、3輥硏磨器等分散機進 行分散、混合。又,混合後,可再使用篩網,膜式過濾器 等進行過濾亦可。 上述本發明之浸潤式曝光用正型光阻組成物,具有浸 潤式曝光所使用之光阻組成物所尋求之特性,以其具有良 好之微影蝕刻特性,與作爲浸潤式曝光用之適當之疏水性 (親水性),故極適合被使用作爲浸潤式曝光用用。 即,使用本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物所形成之 光阻膜,爲含有上述(C )成份(即本發明之含氟化合物 (C))。 (C)成份,除因具有氟原子而具有高疏水性的同時 ,因具有鍵結於Q之基- CO — R2,故於鹼性條件下具有 增大親水性之性質。其應爲基於鹼之作用而使- CO - R2 解離,而生成親水基(一 QH )所得之結果。 因此,使用同時配合(C )成份與(A )成份及(B ) 成份之本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物所形成之光阻膜 ,其於與鹼顯影液接觸之前(例如浸潤式曝光時)具有高 疏水性的同時,經與水接觸時亦可提高親水性。 如此,因浸潤式曝光時之疏水性更高,故使用本發明 之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物所形成之光阻膜,其具有非常 -87- 200923574 優良之非專利文獻1所記載之掃描式浸潤式曝光機進行浸 潤曝光所尋求的水追隨性。 又’因鹼顯影時具有高親水性,故本發明之浸潤式曝 光用光阻組成物’於浸潤式曝光時可有效地降低缺陷。即 ’浸潤式曝光中’對光阻膜進行浸潤式曝光時,可使對曝 光部之鹼顯影液的溶解性產生變化。例如正型之情形中, 對曝光部之鹼顯影液的溶解性較高,於負型之情形時,對 曝光部之鹼顯影液之溶解性較低。因此,進行鹼顯影時, 於正型之情形時可去除曝光部’於負型之情形時可去除未 曝光部而形成光阻圖型。 此時’光阻膜之浸潤式曝光中,未照射到放射線之部 份(例如正型之情形爲未曝光部)之表面上,經顯影後, 容易發生因受到水等浸潤式介質之影響所產生之缺陷(水 漬缺陷等),但使用本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物所 形成之光阻膜’因於顯影時具有高親水性,故可降低缺陷 之發生。 又,使用本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物時,可抑 制浸潤式曝光時物質由光阻膜中溶出。 即,浸潤式曝光,如上所述般,曝光時,以往爲將充 滿空氣或氮氣等惰性氣體之透鏡與晶圓上之光阻膜之間的 部份,以充滿折射率較空氣之折射率爲大之溶劑(浸潤式 介質)的狀態進行曝光(浸潤式曝光)之步驟的方法。浸 潤式曝光中,經由光阻膜與浸潤式溶劑接觸’而發生使光 阻膜中之物質((B )成份、(D )成份等)溶出(物質 -88- 200923574 溶出)於浸潤式溶劑中之現象。物質溶出常會造成光阻層 之變質、浸潤式溶劑之折射率的變化等現象,而使微影蝕 刻特性惡化。 該物質溶出之量爲受到光阻膜表面特性(例如親水性 •疏水性等)之影響。因此,推測例如可以提高光阻膜表 面之疏水性,以降低物質溶出等。 使用本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物所形成之光阻 膜因含有具有氟原子之(C)成份,故與不含該(C)成 份之情形相比較時,其於進行曝光及顯影前之疏水性較高 。因此,使用本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物時,可抑 制浸潤式曝光時物質之溶出。 因可抑制物質之溶出,故使用本發明之浸潤式曝光用 光阻組成物時,於浸潤式曝光中,可抑制光阻膜之變質, 或浸潤式溶劑折射率之變化。經由抑制浸潤式溶劑折射率 之變動等,而可形成具有良好形狀等之光阻圖型。又,可 降低曝光裝置透鏡之污染,因此,可無須對其進行保護處 理,故對製程或曝光裝置之簡便化極有貢獻。 又’本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物所形成之光阻 膜,因不易受到水而膨潤’故可以極精確下形成微細之光 阻圖型。 此外,本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物,亦具有良 好之感度、解析性、耐蝕刻性等微影鈾刻特性,於浸潤式 曝光中,作爲光阻使用時’可於不會發生實用性問題下形 成光阻圖型。例如’使用本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成 -89- 200923574 物時,可形成尺寸1 2 Onm以下之微細光阻圖型。 光阻膜之疏水性,爲以測定對水之接觸角,例如靜態 接觸角(水平狀態下光阻膜上之水滴表面與光阻膜表面所 形成之角度)、動態接觸角(光阻膜傾斜之際,水滴開始 滾落時之接觸角(滾落角)、水滴之滾落方向前方端點之 接觸角(前進角)、滾落方向後方端點之接觸角(後退角 )…等)等方式進行評估。例如光阻膜之疏水性越高時, 其靜態接觸角、前進角,及後退角越大,又,滾落角則越 /J、。 其中,前進角係如圖1所示般,將於其上放置液滴1 之平面2依序傾斜之際,該液滴1由平面2上開始移動( 滾落)時,該液滴1之下端1 a的液滴表面,與作爲平面 2所形成之角度爲0 !。又,此時(該液滴1開始由平面2 上移動(落下)之際),該液滴1之上端lb的液滴表面 ,與平面2所構成之角度0 2爲後退角,該平面2之傾斜 角度0 3爲滾落角。 本說明書中,前進角、後退角及滾落角係依以下之方 式進行測定。 首先,於矽基板上,旋轉塗佈光阻組成物溶液後,於 11 0 °c之溫度條件下進行6 Q秒鐘加熱,以形成光阻膜。 其次,對上述光阻膜,使用DROP M ASTER - 700 ( 製品名,協和界面科學公司製)、AUTO SLIDING ANGLE :SA — 30DM (製品名,協和界面科學公司製)、AUTO DISPENSER : AD — 31 (製品名,協和界面科學公司製) -90- 200923574 等市售測定裝置進行測定。 本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物,於對使用該光阻 組成物所得之光阻膜進行曝光及顯影前之後退角的測定値 以5 〇度以上爲佳,以5 0〜1 5 0度爲更佳,以5 0〜1 3 0度 爲特佳,53〜1 00度爲最佳。該後退角爲下限値度以上時 ,可提高浸潤式曝光時之物質溶出的抑制效果。該理由仍 未明瞭,其主要原因之1,推測應爲與光阻膜疏水性之關 聯性。即,浸潤式介質於使用水等水性物質時,因具有高 疏水性,故推測於進行浸潤式曝光後,去除浸潤式介質時 ,可影響其迅速地由光阻膜表面去除浸潤式介質。又,後 退角爲上限値以下時,可得到良好之微影蝕刻特性等。 同樣的理由,本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物,於 使用該光阻組成物所得之光阻膜進行曝光及顯影前之靜態 接觸角的測定値以6 0度以上爲佳,以6 3〜9 5度爲更佳, 以6 5〜9 5度爲特佳。 又’本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物,於使用該光 阻組成物所得之光阻膜進行曝光及顯影前之滾落角的測定 値以36度以下爲佳’以10〜36度爲更佳,以7〜30度爲 特佳’以1 4〜2 7度爲最佳。滾落角爲上限値以下時,可 提高浸潤式曝光時物質溶出之抑制效果。又,滾落角爲下 限値以上時,可得到良好之微影蝕刻特性等。 上述各種角度(動態接觸(前進角、後退角、滾落角 等)、靜態接觸角)之大小,可以調整浸潤式曝光用光阻 組成物之組成內容’例如(C )成份之種類或添加量、( -91 - 200923574 A )成份之種類等方式進行調整。例如(C )成份之含量 越多時,可提高所得光阻組成物之疏水性,進行增大前進 角、後退角、靜態接觸角,而縮小滾落角。 如此,本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物,因充分具 備浸潤式曝光中光阻材料縮尋求之各種特性,故極適合作 爲浸潤式曝光使用。 《光阻圖型形成方法》 本發明之光阻圖型之形成方法,爲含有使用上述本發 明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物於支撐體上形成光阻膜之步 驟、使前述光阻膜進行浸潤式曝光之步驟,及使前述光阻 膜經由鹼顯影而形成光阻圖型之步驟。 本發明之光阻圖型的形成方法中較佳之例示,係如下 所述。 首先,將本發明之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物以旋轉塗 佈器等塗佈於支擦體上後,進行預燒焙(post apply bake (PAB )處理),以形成光阻膜。 支撐體並未有特別限定,其可使用以往公知之物品, 例如電子零件用之基板,或於其上形成特定電路圖型之物 品等。更具體而言,例如砂晶圓、銅、鉻、鐵、銘等金屬 製之基板或,玻璃基板等。電路圖型之材料,例如可使用 銅、鋁、鎳、金等。 又,支撐體,例如亦可於上述基板上,設置無機系及 /或有機系之膜。無機系之膜,例如無機抗反射膜(無機 -92- 200923574 BARC )等。有機系之膜,例如有機抗反射膜(有機 B ARC )或多層光阻法中之下層有機膜等。 其中,多層光阻法係指基板上設置至少一層之有機膜 (下層有機膜),與至少一層之光阻膜(上層光阻膜), 再使形成於上層光阻膜之光阻圖型作爲遮罩以對下層有機 膜進行圖型描繪之方法,以形成具有高長徑比之圖型。即 ,依多層光阻法時,因可使下層有機膜確保所需之厚度, 故可使光阻膜薄膜化,而可形成高長徑比之微細圖型。 多層光阻法,基本而言’爲區分爲具有上層光阻膜與 下層有機膜等二層構造之方法(2層光阻法),與上層光 阻膜與下層有機膜之間設置一層以上之中間層(金屬薄膜 等)之三層以上之多層構造的方法(3層光阻法)。 光阻膜形成後,可於光阻膜上再設置有機系之抗反射 膜,而形成支撐體與光阻膜與抗反射膜所形成之3層層合 物。光阻膜上設置之抗反射膜以可溶於鹼顯影液者爲佳。 目前爲止之步驟,可使用公知之方法。其操作條件等 ,可配合所使用之浸潤式曝光用正型光阻組成物之組成或 特性做適當之設定爲佳。 其次,對依上述所得之光阻膜介由所期待之光罩進行 選擇性之浸潤式曝光(Liquid Immersion Lithography)。 此時,預先於光阻膜與曝光裝置之最下位置的透鏡間,充 滿折射率較空氣之折射率爲大之溶劑(浸潤式介質),並 於該狀態下進行曝光(浸潤式曝光)。 曝光時所使用之波長,並未有特別限定,其可使用 -93- 200923574In the 0-S〇2-C4F9 (cF2)4-H diazomethane acid generator, specific examples of the dialkyl or m-sulfonyldiazomethane, such as bis(isopropylsulfonyl) Diazomethane, bis(p-toluenesulfonyl)diazomethane, bis(I,1 methylethylsulfonyl-80-200923574) diazotamine, bis(cyclohexylsulfonyl)diazide Institute, bis(2,4-dimethylphenylsulfonyl) diazomethane, etc. Further, a diazomethane-based acid generator disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 11-035551, No. Hei 11-035552, and No. Hei 11-035573. Further, 'poly(disulfonyl) diazomethane, such as 1,3 - bis(phenylsulfonyldiazomethylmethyl)propane disclosed in JP-A No. 1 322707, 1,4 a pair of (phenylsulfonyldiazomethylsulfonyl)butane, 1,6-bis(phenylsulfonyldiazomethylsulfonyl)hexane, M〇-double (phenylsulfonate) Base heavy nitrogen methylsulfonyl) decane, 1,2-bis(cyclohexylsulfonyldiazomethylsulfonyl)ethane' 1,3 -bis(cyclohexylsulfonyldiazomethylsulfonate Mercapto) propane, 1,6-bis(cyclohexylsulfonyldiazomethylsulfonyl)hexane, 1,1 〇 bis (cyclohexylsulfonyldiazomethylsulfonyl) decane, etc. . (B) The component may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, the component (B) is preferably a key salt-based acid generator using a fluorinated alkylsulfonic acid ion which may have a substituent as an anion moiety. The content of the component (B) in the resist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention is preferably from 1 to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the component (A). In the above range, the pattern can be sufficiently formed. Further, a homogeneous solution can be obtained, and it is preferably -81 - 200923574 &lt; (C) component &gt; (C) component, which is the above-mentioned fluorine-containing compound (c) of the present invention. (c) The components may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the resist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention, the content of the component (C) is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the component (A). It is preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass. When it is at least the lower limit of the above range, the hydrophobicity of the photoresist film formed by using the resist composition for immersion exposure can be improved, and it is a substance having hydrophobicity suitable for immersion exposure, and when it is below the upper limit ,, The lithography etching characteristics can be improved. &lt;arbitrary component&gt; The exposure exposure of the latent image formed by the pattern — wise exposure of the resist layer In addition, a nitrogen-containing organic compound (D) (hereinafter also referred to as (D) component) of any component may be further added. As the component (D), proposals have been made for various compounds, and any of the known components may be used, and among them, an aliphatic amine, particularly a secondary aliphatic amine or a tertiary aliphatic amine is preferred. Wherein, the aliphatic amine is an amine having one or more aliphatic groups, and the aliphatic group is preferably a fatty amine having a carbon number of 1 to 12, for example, at least one hydrogen atom of ammonia N Η 3 is Carbon number - 82 - 200923574 The alkyl group or hydroxyalkyl group below 1 2 is substituted with the obtained amine (alkylamine or polyalcoholamine) or cyclic amine. Specific examples of the alkylamine and the alkanolamine such as η-hexylamine, η-heptylamine, η-羊amine, η-decylamine, η-decylamine, etc.; a dialkylamine such as η-propylamine, di-n-heptylamine, di-n-octylamine or dicyclohexylamine; trimethylamine, triethylamine, tris-n-propylamine , bis-butylamine, tri-n-hexylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, di-n-heptylamine, tri-n-octylamine, tri-n-decylamine, trin a trialkylamine such as η_mercaptoamine, tris-n-dodecylamine; diethanolamine, triethanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, di-η-octanolamine, and triammine An alkanolamine such as an octanolamine. Among them, the second amine of the carbon number of 5 to 10 is preferred, and the second η-pentylamine is preferred. The cyclic amine ' contains, for example, a heterocyclic compound as a nitrogen atom of a hetero atom. The heterocyclic compound may be a monocyclic compound (aliphatic monocyclic amine) or a polycyclic compound (aliphatic polycyclic amine). The aliphatic monocyclic amine, specifically, for example, piperidine, piperazine or the like, an aliphatic polycyclic amine, preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 10, specifically, for example, I, 5 - 2 Azabicyclo[4.3_0]-5-nonene, ι,8-diazabicyclo[5_4_0]-7-undecene, hexamethylenetetramine, ι,4 diazabicyclo [2.2.2] Octane and the like. They may be used alone or in combination of two or more. (D) The component (A) component is usually used in an amount of 0.01 to 5.0 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the component (A). -83- 200923574 The photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention, in order to prevent deterioration of sensitivity, or to improve the shape of the photoresist pattern, post expo sure stability of the latent image formed by the p At least one compound (E) selected from the group consisting of an organic carboxylic acid or a phosphorus oxyacid or a derivative thereof, which may further contain an optional component, at least tern — wi se exposure of the resist layer Also known as (E) component). An organic carboxylic acid such as acetic acid, malonic acid, citric acid, malic acid, succinic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid or the like is preferred. Phosphorus oxyacids and derivatives thereof, such as phosphoric acid, Phosphonic acid, Phosphinic acid, etc., of which phosphonic acid is preferred. The oxo acid derivative of phosphoric acid, for example, an ester group obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom of the oxo acid with a hydrocarbon group, or the like, the hydrocarbon group, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms. The phosphoric acid derivative is, for example, a phosphoric acid ester such as di-n-butyl phosphate or diphenyl phosphate. Phosphonic acid derivatives such as dimethyl phosphonate, di-n-butyl phosphinate, phenylphosphonic acid, diphenyl phosphonate, diphenyl phosphonate, and the like. A phosphinic acid (P h 〇 s p h i n i c a c id ) derivative such as a phosphinate such as 'phenylphosphinic acid. (E) The components may be used singly or in combination of two or more. -84- 200923574 (E) The component is usually used in an amount of 0.01 to 5.0 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the component (A). The photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention can be further blended with an additive which is suitable for mixing, for example, an additive resin which can improve the properties of the photoresist film, a surfactant for improving coating properties, a dissolution inhibitor, and a plasticizer. Agents, stabilizers, colorants, halo inhibitors, dyes, and the like. &lt;Organic solvent (S) &gt; The photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention can be produced by dissolving a material in an organic solvent (S) (hereinafter also referred to as (S) component). The component (S) can be used as long as it can dissolve the components to be used in a uniform manner. For example, one or two or more kinds of the above-mentioned conventional solvents can be used as a chemically amplified resist solvent. For example, lactones such as r-butyrolactone, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methyl η-pentanone, methyl isoamyl ketone, and 2-heptanone; ethylene glycol, Polyols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and dipropylene glycol; ester-bonded compounds such as ethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monoacetate, or dipropylene glycol monoacetate a compound having an ether bond such as a monoalkyl ether or a monophenyl ether such as a monomethyl ether, a monoethyl ether, a monopropyl ether or a monobutyl ether; or a compound having an ester-bonded compound; a derivative of a polyol such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) or propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME); a cyclic ether such as dioxane; or methyl lactate Ethyl lactate (EL), methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methoxy-85-200923574 methyl propyl propionate, ethyl ethoxy propionate, etc. Esters; anisole, ethylbenzyl ether, cresyl methyl ether, diphenyl ether, dibenzyl ether, phenylethyl ether, butylphenyl ether, ethylbenzene, two An aromatic organic solvent such as ethylbenzene, pentylbenzene, cumene, toluene, xylene, cumene or trimethylbenzene. The above organic solvent may be used singly or in the form of a mixed solvent of two or more kinds. Further, among them, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), and ethyl lactate (EL) are preferably used. Further, a mixed solvent obtained by mixing P G Μ E A with a polar solvent can also be used. The addition ratio (mass ratio) may be appropriately determined depending on the compatibility of P 〇 M E A with a polar solvent, etc., preferably from 1:9 to 9:1', more preferably from 2:8 to 8:2. More specifically, when the polar solvent is ethyl lactate (E L ), the mass of PGMEA: EL is preferably from 1:9 to 9:1, more preferably from 2:8 to 8:2. When the polar solvent is PGME, the mass of PGMEA: PGME is preferably from 1:9 to 9:1', more preferably from 2:8 to 8:2, most preferably from 3:7 to 7:3. Further, among the components (S), for example, a mixed solvent of at least one selected from PGMEA and EL and r-butyrolactone is preferably used. In this case, in the mixing ratio, the mass of the former and the latter is preferably 70: 3 0 to 9 5 : 5 The amount of the 〇 (S) component is not particularly limited, and generally can be applied to a concentration such as a substrate. The film thickness and the like are appropriately selected and set, and generally -86 to 200923574 can be used in the range of 2 to 20% by mass, preferably 5 to 15% by mass, based on the solid content of the photoresist composition. For the dissolution of the material (S) component, for example, the above components may be mixed and stirred only by a usual method, and if necessary, a high-speed stirrer, a homomixer, a 3-roller honing machine, or the like may be used. The disperser is dispersed and mixed. Further, after mixing, it is also possible to use a sieve, a membrane filter or the like for filtration. The positive-type photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention has the characteristics sought for the photoresist composition used for immersion exposure, and has good lithographic etching characteristics and is suitable for use as an immersion exposure. Hydrophobic (hydrophilic), it is very suitable for use as an immersion exposure. Namely, the photoresist film formed by using the resist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention contains the component (C) (i.e., the fluorine-containing compound (C) of the present invention). The component (C) has a property of increasing hydrophilicity under alkaline conditions, in addition to having a high hydrophobicity due to a fluorine atom and having a bond to the base of Q-CO-R2. It should be the result of dissociating -CO - R2 based on the action of a base to form a hydrophilic group (a QH). Therefore, a photoresist film formed by the photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention which is simultaneously blended with the component (C) and the component (A) and the component (B) is used before the contact with the alkali developer (for example, immersion) At the time of exposure, it has high hydrophobicity and can also improve hydrophilicity upon contact with water. In this way, since the hydrophobicity in the immersion exposure is higher, the photoresist film formed by using the photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention has a scan described in Non-Patent Document 1 which is excellent in the range of -87 to 200923574. The immersion exposure machine performs the water followability sought by the immersion exposure. Further, since the alkali-developing photoresist composition has high hydrophilicity, the immersion-type photoresist composition for exposure of the present invention can effectively reduce defects during immersion exposure. That is, when the resist film is subjected to the immersion exposure in the "wetting exposure", the solubility of the alkali developing solution in the exposed portion can be changed. For example, in the case of a positive type, the solubility in the alkali developing solution of the exposed portion is high, and in the case of a negative type, the solubility in the alkali developing solution in the exposed portion is low. Therefore, in the case of performing alkali development, in the case of a positive type, the exposed portion can be removed in the case of a negative type, and the unexposed portion can be removed to form a photoresist pattern. At this time, in the immersion exposure of the photoresist film, on the surface of the portion where the radiation is not irradiated (for example, the unexposed portion in the case of a positive type), after development, it is likely to be affected by the immersion medium such as water. The resulting defect (water stain, etc.), but the photoresist film formed by using the photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention has high hydrophilicity during development, so that occurrence of defects can be reduced. Further, when the resist composition for immersion type exposure of the present invention is used, it is possible to suppress elution of the substance from the photoresist film during the immersion exposure. That is, in the immersion type exposure, as described above, in the conventional exposure, a portion between a lens filled with an inert gas such as air or nitrogen and a photoresist film on the wafer is filled with a refractive index higher than that of air. A method of performing a step of exposure (immersion exposure) in the state of a large solvent (immersion medium). In the immersion exposure, the material in the photoresist film ((B) component, (D) component, etc.) is eluted by contacting the photoresist film with the infiltrating solvent (the substance is dissolved in the infiltrating solvent). The phenomenon. The dissolution of the substance often causes deterioration of the photoresist layer and changes in the refractive index of the immersion solvent, and deteriorates the lithography characteristics. The amount of the substance eluted is affected by the surface characteristics of the photoresist film (e.g., hydrophilicity, hydrophobicity, etc.). Therefore, it is presumed that, for example, the hydrophobicity of the surface of the photoresist film can be improved to reduce the elution of the substance. The photoresist film formed by using the photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention contains (C) component having a fluorine atom, and is exposed and developed when compared with the case where the component (C) is not contained. The former is more hydrophobic. Therefore, when the photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention is used, the elution of the substance during the immersion exposure can be suppressed. When the elution-type photoresist composition of the present invention is used, the deterioration of the photoresist film or the change in the refractive index of the infiltrating solvent can be suppressed in the immersion exposure. A photoresist pattern having a good shape or the like can be formed by suppressing fluctuations in the refractive index of the immersion solvent or the like. Further, since the contamination of the lens of the exposure device can be reduced, it is not necessary to protect it, and thus it contributes greatly to the simplification of the process or the exposure device. Further, the photoresist film formed by the photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention is swelled by water, so that a fine photoresist pattern can be formed extremely accurately. In addition, the photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention also has good lithography characteristics such as sensitivity, resolution, and etching resistance, and can be used as a photoresist in immersion exposure. A photoresist pattern is formed under the practical problem. For example, when the photoresist for immersion exposure of the present invention is used in the composition of -89 to 200923574, a fine photoresist pattern having a size of 1 2 Onm or less can be formed. The hydrophobicity of the photoresist film is to determine the contact angle with respect to water, such as the static contact angle (the angle formed by the surface of the water droplet on the photoresist film in the horizontal state and the surface of the photoresist film), the dynamic contact angle (the tilt of the photoresist film) At the time of contact, the contact angle (rolling angle) at which the water droplet starts to roll off, the contact angle (forward angle) of the front end of the water droplet in the rolling direction, and the contact angle (reverse angle) of the rear end point in the rolling direction, etc.) Ways to evaluate. For example, the higher the hydrophobicity of the photoresist film, the larger the static contact angle, the advancing angle, and the receding angle, and the more the roll angle is /J. Wherein, the advancing angle is as shown in FIG. 1, and when the plane 2 on which the droplet 1 is placed is sequentially inclined, when the droplet 1 starts to move (rolls off) from the plane 2, the droplet 1 The surface of the droplet at the lower end 1 a and the angle formed as the plane 2 are 0 !. Further, at this time (when the droplet 1 starts to move (fall) from the plane 2), the surface of the droplet at the upper end lb of the droplet 1 and the angle 0 2 formed by the plane 2 are receding angles, and the plane 2 The tilt angle 0 3 is the roll angle. In the present specification, the advancing angle, the receding angle, and the roll angle are measured in the following manner. First, a photoresist composition was spin-coated on a substrate, and then heated at a temperature of 110 ° C for 6 seconds to form a photoresist film. Next, for the above-mentioned photoresist film, DROP M ASTER-700 (product name, manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.), AUTO SLIDING ANGLE: SA-30DM (product name, Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.), AUTO DISPENSER: AD-31 ( Product name, manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) -90-200923574 and other commercially available measuring devices. In the immersion exposure photoresist composition of the present invention, the measurement of the back angle before and after exposure and development of the photoresist film obtained by using the photoresist composition is preferably 5 〇 or more, and 50 to 15 0 degree is better, with 50 to 1 30 degrees being particularly good, and 53 to 100 degrees is the best. When the receding angle is equal to or greater than the lower limit, the effect of suppressing the elution of the substance during the immersion exposure can be enhanced. This reason is still unclear, and the main reason is that it should be related to the hydrophobicity of the photoresist film. That is, when an aqueous medium such as water is used, the immersion medium is highly hydrophobic, and it is presumed that when the immersion medium is removed after immersion exposure, it is possible to quickly remove the immersed medium from the surface of the photoresist film. Further, when the relief angle is equal to or less than the upper limit ,, good lithographic etching characteristics and the like can be obtained. For the same reason, in the photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention, the static contact angle before exposure and development of the photoresist film obtained by using the photoresist composition is preferably 60 degrees or more, and is preferably 6 3 to 9 5 degrees is better, and 6 5 to 9 5 degrees is particularly good. Further, in the photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention, the measurement of the roll angle before exposure and development of the photoresist film obtained by using the photoresist composition is preferably 36 degrees or less, and is preferably 10 to 36 degrees. For better, 7 to 30 degrees is especially good for '1 to 2 to 7 degrees. When the roll angle is below the upper limit ,, the effect of suppressing the dissolution of the substance during the immersion exposure can be improved. Further, when the roll angle is equal to or lower than the lower limit, good lithographic etching characteristics and the like can be obtained. The above various angles (dynamic contact (advance angle, receding angle, roll angle, etc.), static contact angle) can adjust the composition content of the photoresist composition for immersion exposure, for example, the type or amount of (C) component , (-91 - 200923574 A) The type of ingredients is adjusted. For example, when the content of the component (C) is increased, the hydrophobicity of the resulting photoresist composition can be increased, and the advancing angle, the receding angle, and the static contact angle can be increased to reduce the roll angle. As described above, the photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention is highly suitable for use as an immersion exposure because it sufficiently satisfies various characteristics sought for by the photoresist material during immersion exposure. <<Method for Forming Photoresist Patterns>> The method for forming a photoresist pattern of the present invention comprises the step of forming a photoresist film on a support by using the above-described resist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention, and the photoresist film is formed. The step of performing the immersion exposure and the step of forming the photoresist pattern by alkali development of the photoresist film. Preferred examples of the method for forming the photoresist pattern of the present invention are as follows. First, the photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention is applied onto a support by a spin coater or the like, and then subjected to post-bake (PAB) treatment to form a photoresist film. The support is not particularly limited, and conventionally known articles such as a substrate for an electronic component or an article on which a specific circuit pattern is formed may be used. More specifically, for example, a metal wafer such as a sand wafer, copper, chromium, iron, or the like, or a glass substrate. For the material of the circuit pattern, for example, copper, aluminum, nickel, gold, or the like can be used. Further, for the support, for example, an inorganic or/or organic film may be provided on the substrate. An inorganic film such as an inorganic antireflection film (Inorganic-92-200923574 BARC). Organic film, such as organic anti-reflective film (organic B ARC ) or underlying organic film in multilayer photoresist method. Wherein, the multilayer photoresist method refers to an organic film (lower organic film) provided on the substrate, and at least one photoresist film (upper photoresist film), and the photoresist pattern formed on the upper photoresist film is used as The mask is patterned by drawing the underlying organic film to form a pattern having a high aspect ratio. That is, according to the multilayer photoresist method, since the thickness of the lower organic film can be ensured, the photoresist film can be thinned, and a fine pattern having a high aspect ratio can be formed. The multilayer photoresist method is basically a method of dividing into a two-layer structure having an upper photoresist film and a lower organic film (two-layer photoresist method), and one or more layers between the upper photoresist film and the lower organic film. A method of three-layer or more multilayer structure of an intermediate layer (metal thin film or the like) (three-layer photoresist method). After the formation of the photoresist film, an organic antireflection film may be further provided on the photoresist film to form a three-layer laminate formed of the support and the photoresist film and the antireflection film. The antireflection film provided on the photoresist film is preferably one which is soluble in an alkali developer. A well-known method can be used for the steps so far. The operating conditions and the like can be appropriately set in accordance with the composition or characteristics of the positive-type resist composition for the immersion exposure to be used. Next, the photoresist film obtained as described above is subjected to selective immersion exposure (Liquid Immersion Lithography) through a desired mask. At this time, a solvent having a refractive index higher than that of air (immersion medium) is filled between the photoresist film and the lens at the lowest position of the exposure device, and exposure (immersion exposure) is performed in this state. The wavelength used for exposure is not particularly limited, and it can be used -93- 200923574

KrF準分子雷射、ArF準分子雷射、F2準分子雷射等放射 線進行。其中,本發明之光阻組成物對KrF準分子雷射、 ArF準分子雷射有效,特別是對ArF準分子雷射爲有效。 浸潤式介質以使用折射率較空氣之折射率爲大,且較 使用本發明之浸潤式曝光用正型光阻組成物所形成之光阻 膜所具有之折射率爲小的溶劑爲佳。前述溶劑之折射率, 只要爲前述範圍内時,則無特別限制。 具有大於空氣之折射率,且小於光阻膜之折射率的折 射率之溶劑,例如、水、氟系惰性液體、矽系溶劑、碳化 氫系溶劑等。 氟系惰性液體之具體例如C 3 H C 12 F 5、C 4 F 9 〇 C Η 3、 C4F9OC2H5、c5h3f7等氟系化合物爲主成份之液體等,又 以沸點爲70至180C者爲佳’以80至160 〇C者爲更佳。 氟系惰性液體中,沸點於上述範圍內之物時,於曝光結束 後’可以簡便之方法去除浸潤式所使用之介質,而爲較佳 〇 氟系惰性液體’特別是以烷基中之氫原子全部被氟原 子取代所得之全氟烷基化合物爲佳。全氟烷基化合物,具 體而言’例如全氟烷基醚化合物或全氟烷基胺化合物等。 又’更具體而言’前述全氟烷基醚化合物,例如全氟 (2-丁基—四氫呋喃)(沸點102t:),前述全氟烷基 月女化合物,例如全氟三丁基胺(沸點1 7 4 °C )等。 本發明之浸潤式曝光用正型光阻組成物,特別是就不 容易受到水所造成之不良影響,而可得到優良之感度、光 -94- 200923574 阻圖型外觀形狀等觀點而言,本發明中之浸 爲最適合使用。又’水,就費用、安全性、 泛使用性等觀點而言亦爲更佳。 其次,於浸潤式曝光步驟結束後,進行 post exposure bake ( PEB))。其次,將其 液所形成之鹼顯影液’較佳爲使用純水進行 例如可將水滴下或噴霧於迴轉中之基板表面 顯影液與溶解於該顯影液之浸潤式曝光用正 洗除。又,經由進行乾燥處理,可使光阻膜 用光阻組成物的塗膜)得到配合光阻圖型進 patterning)所得之光阻圖型。 【實施方式】 〔實施例〕 其次’將以實施例對本發明作更詳細之 明並不受該些例示所限定。 〔實施例1〕 於氮氣氛圍下,〇°C下,於溶解有2,3, 一經基苯乙嫌5g(26mmol)、三乙基胺5.: 之四氨咲喃(THF) ΐ谷液i5ml中,滴入三 物 3.8g(31_2mmol)之 THF 溶液 6ml。滴 反應液之溫度回復至室溫,再擅拌I小時。 分析法(TLC )確認原料消失後,將反應液 潤式介質以水 環境問題與廣 曝光後加熱( 使用鹼性水溶 水洗。水洗, ,將基板上之 型光阻組成物 (浸潤式曝光 行圖型描繪( 說明,但本發 5,6 —四氣一 4 3 g ( 5 2 m m ο 1 ) 甲基乙醯氯化 下結束後,將 使用薄層色層 冷卻至〇 °c, -95- 200923574 加入水後使反應停止。其後,於反應液中加入水及乙酸t 酯萃取3次後,所得有機層分別使用飽和氯化銨水溶液、 水、飽和食鹽水洗淨1次,加入無水硫酸鈉進行乾燥。_ 後,於減壓下餾除溶劑,將所得產物以己烷-乙酸乙陶再 結曰b ’侍2,3,5,6—四氣一4 —三甲基乙酸氧苯乙儲(以下 ’亦稱爲化合物(1 ))之無色固體5.9 g (產率8 2 % ) 〇 【化4 5】KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, F2 excimer laser and other radiation. Among them, the photoresist composition of the present invention is effective for KrF excimer laser and ArF excimer laser, and is particularly effective for ArF excimer laser. The immersion medium preferably has a refractive index larger than that of air, and is preferably a solvent having a refractive index smaller than that of the photoresist film formed by using the positive-type photoresist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention. The refractive index of the solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is within the above range. A solvent having a refractive index greater than that of air and smaller than the refractive index of the photoresist film, for example, water, a fluorine-based inert liquid, an oxime-based solvent, a hydrocarbon-based solvent, or the like. Specific examples of the fluorine-based inert liquid include a liquid such as C 3 HC 12 F 5 , C 4 F 9 〇C Η 3, C4F9OC2H5, and c5h3f7, and the like, and a boiling point of 70 to 180 C is preferably 80. It is better to 160 〇C. In the fluorine-based inert liquid, when the boiling point is in the above range, the medium used for the wetting type can be removed simply after the end of the exposure, and it is preferred that the fluorine-containing inert liquid 'in particular, the hydrogen in the alkyl group. A perfluoroalkyl compound obtained by substituting all of the atoms with a fluorine atom is preferred. A perfluoroalkyl compound, specifically, for example, a perfluoroalkyl ether compound or a perfluoroalkylamine compound. Further 'more specifically' the above perfluoroalkyl ether compound, such as perfluoro(2-butyl-tetrahydrofuran) (boiling point 102t:), the aforementioned perfluoroalkyl compound, such as perfluorotributylamine (boiling point) 1 7 4 °C) and so on. The positive-type resist composition for immersion exposure of the present invention is particularly susceptible to the adverse effects of water, and excellent sensitivity, light-94-200923574 resistance pattern appearance, etc. The dip in the invention is most suitable for use. In addition, water is also better in terms of cost, safety, and general use. Next, post exposure bake (PEB) is performed after the immersion exposure step is completed. Next, the alkali developing solution formed by the liquid is preferably washed with pure water, for example, a substrate surface developing solution which can be sprayed or sprayed in a rotating state, and an immersion type exposure which is dissolved in the developing solution. Further, by performing a drying treatment, a photoresist pattern obtained by patterning a photoresist pattern can be obtained by using a coating film of a photoresist composition for a photoresist film. [Embodiment] [Embodiment] Next, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples without limitation. [Example 1] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 〇 ° C, dissolved in 2,3, monophenylbenzene 5g (26mmol), triethylamine 5.: tetraammine (THF) gluten solution In i5 ml, 6 ml of a 3.8 g (31-2 mmol) solution of THF in three portions was added dropwise. The temperature of the reaction solution was returned to room temperature, and it was mixed for 1 hour. After confirming the disappearance of the raw materials by the analytical method (TLC), the reaction medium is heated with water environment problems and after extensive exposure (washing with alkaline water, washing, and forming a photoresist composition on the substrate (immersion exposure pattern) Type drawing (illustration, but this is 5,6 - four gas - 4 3 g ( 5 2 mm ο 1 ) After the chlorination of methyl ethyl hydrazine, the thin layer of color layer will be used to cool to 〇 °c, -95- 200923574 After the addition of water, the reaction was stopped. After the addition of water and t-ester acetate for 3 times, the obtained organic layer was washed once with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, water and saturated brine, and anhydrous sulfuric acid was added thereto. The sodium is dried. After the solvent is distilled off under reduced pressure, the obtained product is re-slurried with hexane-acetic acid, and b'servant 2,3,5,6-tetraki- 4-trimethylacetoxybenzene B. (hereinafter referred to as compound (1)) colorless solid 5.9 g (yield 8 2 %) 〇 [化 4 5]

所得化合物(1 )以1 Η — N M R測定。其結果如以下戶^ 不 0 *Η— NMR (溶劑:CDC13、400MHz) : (5 (ppm)= 6.6 ( dd,1 Η ( Hb ) ) ,6 _ 1 ( d,1 Η ( Ηa ) ) ,5_7 ( d, 1 Η ( Ha ) ) ,1 ·4 ( s,9Η ( Hc ))。 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(1 )具有下述之構造 -96- 200923574 【化4 6】The obtained compound (1) was measured by 1 Η - N M R. The results are as follows: ^ Η NMR (solvent: CDC13, 400MHz): (5 (ppm) = 6.6 ( dd, 1 Η (Hb)), 6 _ 1 (d, 1 Η ( Ηa ) ), 5_7 ( d, 1 Η ( Ha ) ) , 1 · 4 ( s, 9 Η ( Hc )). From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (1) has the following structure -96-200923574 [Chem. 4 6]

CHc3 —CHC; bHc3 對所得化合物(1 )進行以下之評估。 〔驗性條件下之反應〕 對化合物(1 ) 20mg,加入THF / 2.38質量%氫氧化 四甲基銨水溶液=1 / 1 (質量比)之混合液〇 · 5 m 1 ’並振 動1 0秒鐘。其後,將取出之有機層及去保護體與預設之 2,3,5,6—四氟一4一羥基苯乙烯以TLC (庚烷:乙酸乙酯 =8 : 2 )展開。 其結果,確認一部份之化合物(1 )發生去保護(三 甲基乙醯基(一CO— C(CH3)3)之解離),生成去保護體 (2,3,5,6—四氟一4一羥基苯乙烯)(去保護體與2,3,5,6 —四氟一 4一羥基苯乙烯之Rf値爲相同,化合物(1)之 以値:0_77,去保護體之Rf値:0.42)。 〔實施例2〕 將實施例1所合成之l.〇〇g ( 3.62mmol )之化合物( 1 )溶解於1 . 〇 〇 g之甲苯中。於該溶液中,加入聚合起始 劑V - 6 0 1 (和光純藥製)〇 · 5 4 m m ο 1,使其溶解。將該溶 -97- 200923574 液於氮氣雰圍氣下進行80°C、2小時之聚合 束後,將反應液冷卻至室溫。其後’將反應 甲醇溶液中,將聚合物重複進行2次析出操 將依前述方式所得之聚合物於室溫下減 色粉體〇.6g (產率60%)。將其稱爲含氟ίι 對該(C ) 一 1 ’依GP C測定所求得之 換算之質量平均分子量爲9,9 00,分散度爲 【化4 7】 反應。反應結 液滴入大量之 作。 壓乾燥,得白 :合物(C ) 一 標準聚苯乙烯 L29。CHc3 - CHC; bHc3 The obtained compound (1) was subjected to the following evaluation. [Reaction under the test conditions] To 20 mg of the compound (1), a mixed solution of THF / 2.38 mass% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide = 1 / 1 (mass ratio) 〇 · 5 m 1 ' and vibrated for 10 seconds was added. bell. Thereafter, the removed organic layer and the deprotected body were developed with T.sub.2 (Heptane:ethyl acetate = 8:2) as a predetermined 2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-4-hydroxystyrene. As a result, it was confirmed that a part of the compound (1) was deprotected (dissociation of trimethylethenyl (a CO-C(CH3)3)) to form a deprotector (2, 3, 5, 6 - 4) Fluor-4-tetrahydroxystyrene) (deprotection is the same as Rf値 of 2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-4-hydroxystyrene, compound (1) is 値:0_77, Rf of deprotector値: 0.42). [Example 2] The compound (1) of 1. 〇〇g ( 3.62 mmol) synthesized in Example 1 was dissolved in toluene of . 〇 g. To the solution, a polymerization initiator V-6 0 1 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 〇 · 5 4 m m ο 1 was added to dissolve it. After the solution of the solution -97-200923574 was subjected to polymerization at 80 ° C for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. Thereafter, the polymer was repeatedly subjected to two precipitation operations in the reaction methanol solution. The polymer obtained in the above manner was reduced in a powder of 66 g (yield 60%) at room temperature. This is referred to as a fluorine-containing ί. The mass average molecular weight converted from the (C)-1' GP C measurement is 9,900, and the degree of dispersion is [Chem. 4 7]. The reaction junction is flooded into a large amount. Press dry, white: compound (C) a standard polystyrene L29.

乙基一 3 —庚醇7.9g、 比較合成例1〕 於裝設有攪拌機、溫度計、滴下漏斗之 加入7,7,7 -三氟一 基啦啶〇.2g、二乙基胺7.lg、乙腈1〇g, 將甲基丙烯酸氯化物6.7g以約75t、3〇 溶解液中,再於同溫度下攪拌2小時。將 溫時,使用碳酸鉀8_8g與水1〇〇ml之混 1〇%食鹽水洗淨1次’以無水硫酸鎂乾燥 -98- 4 口燒瓶中, 4 一二甲基胺 行攪拌溶解。 鐘時間滴入該 應液冷卻至室 曳洗淨1次, ,進行減壓濃 200923574 縮。濃縮物以矽凝膠滲透色層分析法精製,得7,7,7 -三 氟一 3 —乙基一3 —甲基丙烯酸庚酯5.7g。 所得7,7,7 -三氟一 3 —乙基一 3~甲基丙烯酸庚酯之 1 Η - N M R數據係如以下所示。 'Η - NMR ( CDC13 ) &lt;5:〇.82〜〇.87(tr,6H,-CH3 )、1.46〜1.58(m’2H,—CH2—) 、1.78 〜1.97 (m, 9H’ = C - CH3 &gt; - C - CH2 - ) 、1-98 〜2.16 (m,2H,7.9 g of ethyl-3-th-heptanol, Comparative Synthesis Example 1] 7,7,7-trifluoro-yl-pyridinium. 2 g, diethylamine 7.lg was added to a mixer equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, and a dropping funnel. 1 〇g of acetonitrile, 6.7 g of methacrylic acid chloride was dissolved in about 75 t, 3 Torr, and stirred at the same temperature for 2 hours. While warming, it was washed once with a mixture of 8-8 g of potassium carbonate and 1 ml of water mixed with 1% of a saline solution. The mixture was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate in a -98- 4-neck flask, and 4-dimethylamine was stirred and dissolved. The solution was dropped into the chamber and cooled to the chamber for 1 time, and the pressure was reduced to 200923574. The concentrate was purified by ruthenium gel permeation chromatography to give 5.7 g of 7,7,7-trifluoro-3-ethyl-3-heptyl methacrylate. The 1 Η - N M R data of 7,7,7-trifluoro-3-ethyl- 3 -heptyl methacrylate obtained is shown below. 'Η - NMR ( CDC13 ) &lt;5: 〇.82~〇.87(tr,6H,-CH3), 1.46~1.58(m'2H, -CH2—), 1.78~1.97 (m, 9H' = C - CH3 &gt; - C - CH2 - ), 1-98 to 2.16 (m, 2H,

CF3CH2 — ) 、5.49(s’ 1H’ C=CH2) 、6.01 (s,1H,C =CH2 ) 基於上述之結果,確認具有下述式所示構造。 【化4 8】CF3CH2 - ), 5.49 (s' 1H' C = CH2), 6.01 (s, 1H, C = CH2 ) Based on the above results, it was confirmed that the structure has the following formula. [化4 8]

其次’於設置有氮氣吹入管、迴流器、滴下漏斗、溫 度計之4 口燒瓶中,加入四氫呋喃27g、上述所得之 7,7,7_三氟一3 —乙基一 3 —甲基丙烯酸庚酯11.98g,經 氮取代後,升溫至67 °C。於維持該溫度下,將溶解有2,2, 一偶氮雙(2,4—二甲基戊腈)〇.30g之四氫呋喃3g所得 之溶解液以1 〇分鐘時間滴下。滴下結束後,於維持該溫 度下’持續攪拌6小時後,冷卻至室溫。將所得聚合反應 液滴入大量之甲醇/水之混合溶液中’將沉澱之樹脂濾出 、洗淨、乾燥,得白色固體之下述化學式(C ) — 2所示 含氟化合物4.〇g。(C) 一 2之標準聚苯乙烯換算之質量 200923574 平均分子量(Mw)爲65〇〇,分散度(Mw/Mn)爲1.4。 【化4 9】Next, 'in a four-necked flask equipped with a nitrogen gas injection tube, a refluxing device, a dropping funnel, and a thermometer, 27 g of tetrahydrofuran, and the above-obtained 7,7,7-trifluoro-3-ethyl-3-hexyl methacrylate were added. 11.98 g, after nitrogen substitution, was warmed to 67 °C. While maintaining this temperature, a solution obtained by dissolving 3 g of 2,2,-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) 30.30 g of tetrahydrofuran was dropped over 1 Torr. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was continuously stirred for 6 hours while maintaining the temperature, and then cooled to room temperature. The obtained polymerization reaction is dropped into a large amount of a mixed solution of methanol/water. The precipitated resin is filtered, washed, and dried to obtain a fluorine-containing compound of the following chemical formula (C)-2 as a white solid. . (C) Quality of standard polystyrene converted to 2 200923574 The average molecular weight (Mw) is 65 Å and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) is 1.4. [化4 9]

〔實施例3〕 於氮氣氛圍下’ 0°C下,將2,3,5,6_四氟一 4一羥基 苯乙烯8g(42mmol)加入3,3,3 —三氟丙酸8 g ( 62mmol )、乙基二異丙基胺基羰二醯亞胺鹽酸鹽(EE&gt;C1 ) 14g ( 75mmol )、二甲基胺基吡啶(DMAP ) 0.5 g ( 4mmol )之 THF溶液40ml中,回復至室溫,攪拌3小時。以薄層色 層分析法(TLC )確認原料消失後,將反應液冷卻至〇七 ,加入水後使反應停止。其後,將乙酸乙酯加入反應液中 進行3次萃取’所得之有機層以水洗淨2次。其後,於減 壓下將浴劑去除’所得產物以矽凝膠色層分析法(庚院一 乙酸乙酯)精製’得下述無色油狀物質之ΐζ (3)所表示 之化合物(3 ) 9 g (產率 7 2 % )。 -100- 200923574 【化5 0】[Example 3] 8 g (42 mmol) of 2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-4-tetrahydroxystyrene was added to 3 g of 3,3,3-trifluoropropionic acid at 0 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere ( 62 mmol ), ethyl diisopropylaminocarbonyl ruthenium diimide hydrochloride (EE > C1 ) 14 g (75 mmol ), dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) 0.5 g (4 mmol) in 40 ml of THF solution, replied Stir for 3 hours to room temperature. After confirming the disappearance of the raw material by thin layer chromatography (TLC), the reaction liquid was cooled to 〇7, and water was added to stop the reaction. Thereafter, ethyl acetate was added to the reaction liquid for extraction three times. The obtained organic layer was washed twice with water. Thereafter, the bath was removed under reduced pressure. The obtained product was purified by hydrazine gel chromatography (ethyl acetate to ethyl acetate) to give the compound (3) of the following colorless oily substance (3). 9 g (yield 72%). -100- 200923574 【化5 0】

對所得化合物(3 ),以1 Η - NMR測定。其結果係如 以下所示。 'H—NMR (溶劑:CDC13、400MHz) : δ ( ppm )= 6.6 ( dd &gt; 1 Η ( Hb ) ) ,6.1(d,lH(Ha)) ,5_7(d, 1 H ( Ha ) ) ,3 .5 ( m,2H ( Hc ))。 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(3 )具有下述所示構 造。 【化5 1】The obtained compound (3) was measured by 1 Η-NMR. The results are shown below. 'H-NMR (solvent: CDC13, 400MHz): δ (ppm) = 6.6 ( dd &gt; 1 Η (Hb ) ) , 6.1 (d, lH(Ha)) , 5_7(d, 1 H ( Ha ) ) , 3 .5 ( m, 2H ( Hc )). From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (3) had the structure shown below. 【化5 1】

〔實施例4〕 將實施例3所合成之化合物(3) 2.50g(8.28mmol) 溶解於5 . 8 3 g之甲苯中。於該溶液中,加入聚合起始劑V 一 601 (和光純藥製)0.41 mmol。使其溶解。將該溶液, 於氮氣氛圍下以9CTC進行3小時聚合反應。反應結束後 -101 - 200923574 ,將反應液冷卻至室溫。其後,將反應液滴入大量之甲醇 溶液中,重複2次將聚合物析出之操作。 依此方式所得之聚合物於室溫下減壓乾燥,得白色粉 體1.45g (產率58%)。將其稱爲含氟化合物(C ) — 3。 對此(C ) 一 3,依GPC測定所求得之標準聚苯乙烯 換算之質量平均分子量爲分散度爲1·67。 【化5 2】[Example 4] 2.50 g (8.28 mmol) of the compound (3) synthesized in Example 3 was dissolved in 5.3 g of toluene. To the solution, 0.41 mmol of a polymerization initiator V-601 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added. Let it dissolve. This solution was subjected to polymerization at 9 CTC for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. After the reaction was completed -101 - 200923574, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. Thereafter, the reaction was dropped into a large amount of a methanol solution, and the operation of precipitating the polymer was repeated twice. The polymer obtained in this manner was dried under reduced pressure at room temperature to give white powder (yield: 58%). This is called a fluorine-containing compound (C)-3. For this (C)-3, the mass average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene determined by GPC measurement is a dispersion of 1.67. [化5 2]

CF3 (C) - 3 〔實施例5〕 於氮氣氛圍下,0 °C下,將聚羥基苯乙烯(製品名: VP8000、日本曹達股份有限公司製)3§(相當於25mmo1 )加入3,3,3-三氟丙酸4g(30mmol)、乙基二異丙基胺 基擬二醯亞胺鹽酸鹽(EDC1) 6.2g(33mmo1)、二甲基 胺基吡啶(DMAP ) 0_5g ( 4mmo1 )之 THF 溶液 60ml 中’ 回復至室溫,攪拌3小時。其後,將反應液冷卻至0 °C, 加入水以停止反應。所得有機層以水洗淨3次,於減壓下 餾除溶劑。所得產物之THF溶液滴入庚烷中進行再沉澱 -102- 200923574 操作,得無色固體之下述式(4)所表示之含氟化合物(C )—4 4 _ 3 g (產率 7 5 % )。 對所得含氟化合物(C ) 一 4,測定其13 C - N M R。其 結果,確認於原料之聚羥基苯乙烯之羥基的74.1莫耳%中 ,導入有—C(=0)— CH2— CF3(導入率 74_1莫耳%)。 因此,下述式(C) 一 4中之m: η爲74.1: 25.9(莫耳比 )° 又,該(C) 一 4中,使用GPC測定所求得之標準聚 苯乙烯換算之質量平均分子量爲1 4,000,其分散度爲 1.08。 【化5 3】CF3 (C) - 3 [Example 5] 3 § (equivalent to 25 mmo1) of polyhydroxystyrene (product name: VP8000, manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.) was added to 3, 3 under a nitrogen atmosphere at 0 °C. , 3-trifluoropropionic acid 4g (30mmol), ethyl diisopropylaminopyrrolidine hydrochloride (EDC1) 6.2g (33mmo1), dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) 0_5g (4mmo1) The THF solution was returned to room temperature in 60 ml and stirred for 3 hours. Thereafter, the reaction liquid was cooled to 0 ° C, and water was added to stop the reaction. The obtained organic layer was washed three times with water, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The THF solution of the obtained product was dropped into heptane to carry out a reprecipitation-102-200923574 operation to obtain a fluorine-containing compound (C) - 4 4 - 3 g represented by the following formula (4) as a colorless solid (yield 7 5 %) ). The obtained fluorine-containing compound (C)-4 was measured for 13 C - N M R . As a result, it was confirmed that -C(=0)-CH2-CF3 (introduction rate 74_1 mol%) was introduced in 74.1 mol% of the hydroxyl group of the polyhydroxystyrene of the raw material. Therefore, m in the following formula (C)-4: η is 74.1: 25.9 (mole ratio) ° Further, in (C)-4, the mass average of the standard polystyrene conversion obtained by GPC measurement is used. The molecular weight was 14,000 and the degree of dispersion was 1.08. 【化5 3】

ΟΟ

(C) - 4 〔實施例6〜9,比較例1〜2〕 將下述表1所示各成份混合、溶解以製作光阻組成物 -103 - 200923574 〔表1〕 (Α)成份 ⑻成份 (C)成份 (D)成份 (S)成份 實施例6 (Α) —1 〔1〇〇〕 ⑻—1 〔8.0〕 (C) -1 (1.0) (D) -1 〔1.2〕 (S) -1 〔 1500〕 實施例7 (A) -1 [100] (Β) -1 [8.0] (C) -1 〔5.0〕 (D) - 1 [1.2] ⑻一1 〔 1500〕 比較例1 (A) -1 〔1〇〇〕 (Β) -1 〔8.0〕 (C) -1 [1.0] (D) -1 〔1.2〕 (S) -1 〔 1500〕 比較例2 (Α) -1 〔100〕 (Β) -1 〔8.0〕 — (D) -1 C1.2] ⑻一 1 〔 1500〕 實施例8 (Α) - 1 〔100〕 (Β) -1 〔8.0〕 (C) —3 [1.0] (D) [1.2] ⑻一 1 〔 1500〕 實施例9 (A) -1 〔1〇〇〕 (Β) -1 [8.0] (C) 一4 〔1.0〕 (D) - 1 (1.2) ⑻—1 〔 1500〕 表1中之各簡稱分別爲以下所示內容。 (A) - 1:下述化學式(A) - 1所表示之共聚物。 式中,()之右下方數値爲各結構單位之比例(莫耳% ) 〇 (B) — 1: (4 一甲基苯基)二苯基锍九氟— η- 丁烷 磺酸酯。 (C ) 一 1 :實施例2所合成之含氟化合物(C ) 一 1 〇 (C ) 一 2 :比較合成例1所合成之含氟化合物(C ) —2。 (c ) 一 3 :實施例4所合成之含氟化合物(C ) 一 3 〇 (C ) 一 4 :實施例5所合成之含氟化合物(C ) 一 4 -104- 200923574 (D) -1:三一 n_戊基胺。 (S) — l:PGMEA/PGME=6/4(質量比)之混合 溶劑。 【化5 4】(C) - 4 [Examples 6 to 9, Comparative Examples 1 to 2] The components shown in the following Table 1 were mixed and dissolved to prepare a photoresist composition -103 - 200923574 [Table 1] (Α) component (8) (C) Ingredient (D) Ingredient (S) Ingredient Example 6 (Α) —1 [1〇〇] (8)—1 [8.0] (C) -1 (1.0) (D) -1 [1.2] (S) -1 [1500] Example 7 (A) -1 [100] (Β) -1 [8.0] (C) -1 [5.0] (D) - 1 [1.2] (8) -1 [1500] Comparative Example 1 ( A) -1 〔1〇〇〕 (Β) -1 〔8.0〕 (C) -1 [1.0] (D) -1 [1.2] (S) -1 [ 1500] Comparative Example 2 (Α) -1 〔 100] (Β) -1 [8.0] — (D) -1 C1.2] (8) -1 [1500] Example 8 (Α) - 1 [100] (Β) -1 [8.0] (C) —3 [1.0] (D) [1.2] (8) -1 [1500] Example 9 (A) -1 [1〇〇] (Β) -1 [8.0] (C) A 4 [1.0] (D) - 1 ( 1.2) (8)—1 [1500] The abbreviations in Table 1 are as follows. (A) - 1: a copolymer represented by the following chemical formula (A)-1. In the formula, the number on the lower right side of () is the ratio of each structural unit (% by mole) 〇(B) — 1: (4-methylphenyl)diphenylphosphonium hexafluoro- η-butane sulfonate . (C) A: The fluorine-containing compound (C) synthesized in Example 2 - 1 〇 (C) - 2 : Comparative fluorine-containing compound (C)-2 synthesized in Synthesis Example 1. (c) a 3: a fluorine-containing compound (C) synthesized in Example 4 - 3 〇 (C) - 4 : a fluorine-containing compound (C) synthesized in Example 5 - 4 - 104 - 200923574 (D) -1 : Tri-n-pentylamine. (S) — l: Mixed solvent of PGMEA/PGME=6/4 (mass ratio). 【化5 4】

〔Mw 爲 7 000,M w/Mn 爲 1 · 8〕。 其次’將具有表1所示組成之光阻組成物分別使用旋 轉塗佈器塗佈於8英吋矽晶圓上,再於熱壓板上進行π 0 °C、60秒鐘之預燒焙,經乾燥處理,形成膜厚丨2〇nm之 光阻膜。 將水滴下該光阻膜(曝光前之光阻膜)之表面,使用 DROP MASTER — 700 (製品名,協和界面科學股份有限公 司製)測定其接觸角(靜態接觸角)(接觸角之測定:水 2 // L )。將該測定値作爲「Coat後之接觸角(° )」。 將測定接觸角後之晶圓,於2 3 °C下,以2.3 8質量% 氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH )水溶液進行60秒鐘之顯影處 理’其後再以1 5秒鐘、純水進行水洗後,依上述相同方 法測定其接觸角。將該測定値作爲「顯影後接觸角(。) -105- 200923574 」。又,Coat後接觸角與顯影後接觸角之差以△(。)表 示。 其結果係如表2所示。 〔表2〕[Mw is 7 000 and M w/Mn is 1 · 8]. Next, 'the photoresist composition having the composition shown in Table 1 was coated on a 8-inch wafer using a spin coater, and then pre-baked at π 0 ° C for 60 seconds on a hot platen. After drying, a photoresist film having a film thickness of 2 〇 nm is formed. The surface of the photoresist film (photoresist film before exposure) was dropped, and the contact angle (static contact angle) was measured using DROP MASTER-700 (product name, Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) (measurement of contact angle: Water 2 // L ). This measurement is referred to as "contact angle (°) after Coat". The wafer after the contact angle was measured was subjected to development treatment at 2.3% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution at 60 ° C for 60 seconds, followed by 15 seconds of pure water. After washing with water, the contact angle was measured in the same manner as above. The measured enthalpy was taken as "contact angle after development (.) -105 - 200923574". Further, the difference between the contact angle after the Coat and the contact angle after development is represented by Δ (.). The results are shown in Table 2. 〔Table 2〕

Coat後接觸角(。) 顯影後接觸色Q_ △(。) 實施例6 85.6 75.9 .. -9.7 實施例7 95.0 90.6 -4.4 比較例〗 88.3 89.7___ 1.4 比較例2 68.2 59.4 -8.8 實施例8 83.3 60.0 _ -23.3 實施例9 78.8 55.4 -23.4 由上述結果得知,使用本發明之含氟化合物的實施例 6〜9,及添加含氟化合物(C ) 一 2之比較例1,無論任一 者皆與未添加含氟化合物之比較例2相比較時,其Coat 後之接觸角皆爲較高。 其中,使用本願發明之含氟化合物的實施例6〜9中 ’其顯影後之接觸角較低’特別是實施例8〜9中,爲低 於未添加含氟化合物之比較例2之同等以下。因此,確認 其具有浸潤式曝光時爲疏水性’顯影時具有親水性之特性 。又,比較例1中’顯影液未能使保護基解離,而造成接 觸角未降低。 〔實施例1 0〕 於氮氣氛圍下,〇°C下’將P-經基苯基甲基丙烯酸 -106- 200923574 酯 15g(84mmol)加入 3,3,3 —三氟丙酸 llg(84mmol) 、乙基二異丙基胺基羰二醯亞胺鹽酸鹽(EDC1) 19g( 1 01 mmol )、二甲基胺基吡啶(DMAP) 0.5g(4mmol) 之THF溶液150ml中,回復至室溫,攪拌3小時。使用 薄層色層分析法(TLC )確認原料消失後,將反應液冷卻 至〇 °C,加入水後使反應停止。其後,反應液中加入乙酸 乙酯,進行3次萃取,所得有機層以水洗淨2次。其後, 於減壓下將溶劑餾除,所得粗產物以庚烷-乙酸乙酯再結 晶方式精製,得下述無色油狀物質之式(5 )所表示之化 合物(5 ) 22g (產率91% )。 【化5 5】Contact angle after Coat (.) Contact color Q_ △ (.) after development Example 6 85.6 75.9 .. -9.7 Example 7 95.0 90.6 -4.4 Comparative Example 88.3 89.7___ 1.4 Comparative Example 2 68.2 59.4 -8.8 Example 8 83.3 60.0 _ -23.3 Example 9 78.8 55.4 - 23.4 From the above results, Examples 6 to 9 using the fluorine-containing compound of the present invention, and Comparative Example 1 containing the fluorine-containing compound (C)-2, either or both When compared with Comparative Example 2 in which no fluorine-containing compound was added, the contact angle after Coat was high. In Examples 6 to 9 in which the fluorine-containing compound of the present invention was used, the contact angle after development was low, and in particular, in Examples 8 to 9, it was lower than that of Comparative Example 2 in which no fluorine-containing compound was added. . Therefore, it was confirmed that it had hydrophobic properties when it was subjected to immersion exposure, and it was hydrophilic when developed. Further, in Comparative Example 1, the developing solution failed to dissociate the protective group, and the contact angle was not lowered. [Example 1 0] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 15 g (84 mmol) of P-phenylphenyl methacrylate-106-200923574 ester was added to llg (84 mmol) of 3,3,3-trifluoropropanoic acid under a nitrogen atmosphere. Ethyl diisopropylaminocarbonyl ruthenium diamine hydrochloride (EDC1) 19g (1 01 mmol), dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) 0.5g (4mmol) in 150ml of THF solution, returned to the room Warm and stir for 3 hours. After confirming the disappearance of the raw material by thin layer chromatography (TLC), the reaction solution was cooled to 〇 ° C, and water was added to stop the reaction. Thereafter, ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture, and extraction was performed three times, and the obtained organic layer was washed twice with water. Then, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the obtained crude product was purified by heptane-ethyl acetate to give the compound (5) 22 g (yield of the formula (5). 91%). [5 5]

對所得之化合物(5 ),測定其1 Η — NMR。其結果係 如以下所示。The obtained compound (5) was measured for 1 Η-NMR. The results are shown below.

iH— NMR (溶劑:DMSO— 6d) : 7.2 - 7.1 (m,4H (Hc ) ) ,6.35(s,lH(Hb)) ,5.78(s,lH(Hb)) ,3.46(m,2H(Hd) ) ,2_08(s,3H(Ha))。 200923574 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(5 )具有下述所示構 【化5 6】iH-NMR (solvent: DMSO-6d): 7.2 - 7.1 (m, 4H (Hc)), 6.35 (s, lH(Hb)), 5.78 (s, lH(Hb)), 3.46 (m, 2H (Hd) ) ) , 2_08(s, 3H(Ha)). 200923574 From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (5) has the structure shown below.

對所得之化合物(5 ),除TLC之展開液使用庚烷: 乙酸乙酯=7 : 3之組成的溶液以外,其他皆依實施例1 相同方法,使一部份之化合物(5 )產生去保護((一 CO 一 CH2 — CF3 )之解離),確認生成去保護體。 〔實施例1 1〕 於設置有溫度計、迴流管之3 口燒瓶中,置入實施例 10所合成之化合物(5) 2_27g(11.57mmol)、化合物( 6 ) 5.00g ( 1 7.36mmol ) 、THF 41.20g,進行攪拌溶解。 於該溶解液中加入聚合起始劑 V - 601 (和光製藥製) 1.74mmol,使其溶解。將該溶液於氮氣氛圍下,以8 〇艽 、6小時下進行加熱攪拌,以進行聚合反應後,將反應液 冷卻至室溫。其後’將聚合反應液減壓濃縮後,滴入大量 之π -庚院中’將聚合物進行析出操作結果,將沉激之聚 合物濾出、洗淨、乾燥’得目的之含氟化合物(C ) 一 5 4.5 0 g °With respect to the obtained compound (5), except for the developing solution of TLC, a part of the compound (5) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that a solution of heptane: ethyl acetate = 7:3 was used. Protection (dissociation of (a CO-CH2 - CF3)) confirms the formation of a deprotector. [Example 1 1] In a three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer and a reflux tube, the compound (5) synthesized in Example 10 was placed in an amount of 2-27 g (11.57 mmol), and the compound (6) 5.00 g (1 7.36 mmol) and THF. 41.20g, stirred and dissolved. To the solution, 1.74 mmol of a polymerization initiator V-601 (manufactured by Wako Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) was added and dissolved. This solution was heated and stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere at 8 Torr for 6 hours to carry out a polymerization reaction, and then the reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature. Thereafter, 'concentrating the polymerization reaction solution under reduced pressure, dropping a large amount of π-Gengyuan' to precipitate the polymer, and filtering, washing and drying the immersed polymer to obtain the desired fluorine-containing compound. (C) a 5 4.5 0 g °

對所得之含氟化合物(C ) 一 5,使用13C — NMR 200923574 600MHz )測定結果,得知下述式(C ) — 5中之1 : m爲 68.7:31.3(莫耳比)。又,該(C)— 5中,經使用GPC 測定所求得之標準聚苯乙烯換算之質量平均分子量爲 18,600,分散度爲1.84。 【化5 7】The obtained fluorine-containing compound (C)-5 was measured using 13C-NMR 200923574 600 MHz, and it was found that 1 of the following formula (C)-5: m was 68.7:31.3 (mole ratio). Further, in the above (C)-5, the mass average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene determined by GPC measurement was 18,600, and the degree of dispersion was 1.84. [化5 7]

〔實施例1 2〕 將下述表3所示各成份混合、溶解,以製作光阻組成 物。[Example 1 2] Each component shown in the following Table 3 was mixed and dissolved to prepare a photoresist composition.

又,表 3 中之(A) — 1、 (B) —1、 (D) —1、 ( S )一;1係與表1爲相同之內容。又,表中(C) 一 5係爲實 施例1 1所合成之含氟化合物(C ) 一 5。 〔表3〕 (A)成份 ⑻成份 (C)成份 ⑼成份 (S)成份 實施例12 (A) -1 [100] (B) -1 (8.0) (C) -5 〔1.0〕 (D) —1 [1.2] (S) -1 〔 1500〕 -109 - 200923574 其次’將實施例1 2之光阻組成物使用旋轉塗佈器塗 佈於8央吋砂晶圓上,再於熱壓板上進行1 1 〇 °c、9 0秒鐘 之預燒焙,經乾燥處理,形成膜厚1 2 Onm之光阻膜。 將水滴下該光阻膜(曝光前之光阻膜)之表面,使用 DROP MASTER— 7 00 (製品名,協和界面科學股份有限公 司製)測定其接觸角(靜態接觸角)(接觸角之測定:水 2 # L )。將該測定値作爲「C 〇 at後之接觸角(° )」。 將測定接觸角後之晶圓,於23 °C下,以2.38質量% 氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH )水溶液進行3 0秒鐘或60秒鐘 之顯影處理,其後再以1 5秒鐘、純水進行水洗後,依上 述相同方法測定其接觸角。將該測定値作爲「顯影3 〇秒 後接觸角(° )」、「顯影6 0秒後接觸角(。)」。又, Coat後接觸角與顯影後接觸角之差以△(。)表示。 其結果係如表4所示。 〔表4〕Further, in Table 3, (A)-1, (B)-1, (D)-1, (S)1, and 1 are the same as Table 1. Further, in the table (C)-5, the fluorine-containing compound (C)-5 synthesized in Example 11 was used. [Table 3] (A) Component (8) Component (C) Component (9) Component (S) Component Example 12 (A) -1 [100] (B) -1 (8.0) (C) -5 [1.0] (D) —1 [1.2] (S) -1 [ 1500 ] -109 - 200923574 Next, the photoresist composition of Example 1 2 was applied to a 8 吋 sand wafer using a spin coater, and then to a hot plate. The film was pre-baked at 1 〇 ° c for 90 seconds, and dried to form a photoresist film having a film thickness of 1 2 Onm. The surface of the photoresist film (photoresist film before exposure) was dropped, and the contact angle (static contact angle) was measured using DROP MASTER-70.00 (product name, Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) (Measurement of contact angle) : Water 2 # L ). This measurement is referred to as "contact angle (°) after "C 〇 at". The wafer after the contact angle was measured was subjected to development treatment at 23 ° C for 30 seconds or 60 seconds with a 2.38 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), and then for 15 seconds. After washing with pure water, the contact angle was measured in the same manner as above. The measurement was carried out as "contact angle (°) after development for 3 seconds" and "contact angle (.) after development for 60 seconds). Further, the difference between the contact angle after the Coat and the contact angle after development is represented by Δ (.). The results are shown in Table 4. 〔Table 4〕

Coat後接觸 角(。) 顯影30秒後 接觸角(。) △(。) 顯影60秒後 接觸角(。) △(。) 實施例12 78.9 61.1 -17.8 60.5 -18.4 由上述結果得知’添加本發明之含氟化合物(C ) 一 5 之實施例1 2,與Coat後接觸角相比較時’其顯影後之接 觸角較小。因此’確認其於浸潤式曝光時具有疏水性,且 顯影時形成親水性之特性。 -110- 200923574 【圖式簡單說明】 〔圖1〕說明前進角(0 1 )、後退角(0 2 )及滾落 角(6* 3 )之圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 :液滴 1 a :下端 1 b :上端 2 :平面 0 1 :前進角 Θ 2 :後退角 0 3 :滾落角 -111 -Contact angle after Coat (.) Contact angle after development for 30 seconds (.) △ (.) Contact angle after development for 60 seconds (.) △ (.) Example 12 78.9 61.1 - 17.8 60.5 -18.4 From the above results, it was found that 'addition In the embodiment 12 of the fluorine-containing compound (C)-5 of the present invention, the contact angle after development is small as compared with the post-Coat contact angle. Therefore, it was confirmed that it was hydrophobic at the time of immersion exposure and formed a hydrophilic property upon development. -110- 200923574 [Simple description of the drawing] [Fig. 1] A diagram showing the advancing angle (0 1 ), the receding angle (0 2 ), and the roll-off angle (6* 3 ). [Description of main component symbols] 1 : Droplet 1 a : lower end 1 b : upper end 2 : plane 0 1 : advancing angle Θ 2 : receding angle 0 3 : rolling angle -111 -

Claims (1)

200923574 十、申請專利範圍 1 · 一種浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物,其特徵爲,含有經 由酸之作用而對鹼顯影液之溶解性發生變化之基材成份( A ) ’與經由曝光而產生酸之酸產生劑成份(B ),與具 有下述通式(c)所表示之基,且至少含有1個氟原子之 含氟化合物(C ); 【化1】 Q— Ο C—R1 …(C ) 〔式中,Q爲1價之親水基去除1個氫原子之基,R1 爲可具有氟原子之碳數2以上之烴基〕。 2 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物 ,其中,前述含氟化合物(C)爲下述通式(C 一 1)所表 示之化合物, 【化2】 〇 2 II 3 R2—Q—C—R3 …(c — 1) 〔式中,Q爲1價之親水基去除1個氫原子之基,R2 爲含有可具有氟原子之芳香族環式基的有機基,R3爲可 具有氟原子之碳數2以上之烴基’ R2及R3中至少一者爲 具有氟原子〕。 3 .如申請專利範圍第2項之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物 ,其中,前述含氟化合物(C)爲下述通式(c—1—l) -112- 200923574 〜(C一 1 一 4)所成群中所選出之一個通式所表示之化合 物, 【化3】200923574 X. Patent Application No. 1 · A photoresist composition for immersion exposure characterized in that a substrate component (A) containing a change in solubility of an alkali developer via an action of an acid is generated and formed by exposure Acid acid generator component (B), and fluorine-containing compound (C) having a group represented by the following formula (c) and containing at least one fluorine atom; [Chemical Formula 1] Q-Ο C-R1 ... (C) [wherein Q is a group in which one hydrophilic group removes one hydrogen atom, and R1 is a hydrocarbon group having two or more carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom]. The immersion exposure photoresist composition according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the fluorine-containing compound (C) is a compound represented by the following formula (C-1), and is a compound represented by the following formula (C-1). 3 R 2 —Q—C—R 3 (( c — 1) [wherein Q is a monovalent hydrophilic group which removes one hydrogen atom, and R 2 is an organic group containing an aromatic ring group which may have a fluorine atom, R3 is a hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom, and at least one of R2 and R3 has a fluorine atom. 3. The photoresist composition for immersion exposure according to claim 2, wherein the fluorine-containing compound (C) is a compound of the following formula (c-1 - 1) - 112 - 200923574 - (C-1) 4) a compound represented by a formula selected from the group, [Chemical 3] …(C — 1 — 1 )...(C — 1 — 1 ) R63R63 …(C— 1 - 2)...(C-1 - 2) (C— 1 — 3)(C-1 - 3) (C — 1 — 4 ) 〔式中,R51爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基, R52〜R55爲各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子,R52〜R5 5中至少 1個爲氟原子,R56爲可具有氟原子之碳數2以上之烴基 -113- 200923574 ;R61爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基,R62〜R65爲 各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子,R66爲具有氟原子之碳數2 以上之烴基〕。 4 如申請專利範圍第1項之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物 ’其中,前述含氟化合物(C)爲具有由下述通式(cl-:i 一 1)〜(cl 一 1 一 4)所成群中所選出之—個通式所表示 之結構單位的高分子化合物, -114 - 200923574 【化4】(C - 1 - 4 ) wherein R51 is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group, R52 to R55 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and at least one of R52 to R5 5 is a fluorine atom. R56 is a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 2 or more and having a fluorine atom of -113 to 200923574; R61 is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group, R62 to R65 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and R66 is a fluorine atom. a hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms]. 4. The photoresist composition for immersion exposure according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the fluorine-containing compound (C) has a formula (cl-:i-1)~(cl-11-4) a polymer compound selected from the group of structural units represented by the formula, -114 - 200923574 [Chemical 4] (cl 一 1 一 1(cl-1 1 - 1 R61R61 R55^\^\r53 R62 R5VV-' cr 、'〇 64 01c—o R56 *&quot; (cl — 1 — 3) 0Ic=o R66 “·(cl — 1 — 4) 〔式中,R51爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基, R52〜R55爲各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子,R52〜R55中至少 1個爲氟原子,R5 6爲可具有氟原子之碳數2以上之烴基 ;R61爲氫原子' 低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基,R62〜R05爲 各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子,R66爲具有氟原子之碳數2 -115- 200923574 以上之烴基〕。 5 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物 ’其中’前述基材成份(A)爲經由酸之作用而增大對鹼 顯影液之溶解性的基材成份。 6.如申請專利範圍第5項之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物 ,其中’前述基材成份(A)爲含有經由酸之作用而增大 對鹼顯影液之溶解性的樹脂成份(A 1 ),該樹脂成份( A 1 )爲具有含酸解離性溶解抑制基之丙烯酸酯所衍生之 結構單位(a 1 )。 7 .如申請專利範圍第6項之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物 ,其中,前述樹脂成份(A1)尙具有含有含內酯之環式 基的丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位(a2 )。 8 ·如申請專利範圍第6項之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物 ,其中,前述樹脂成份(A 1 )尙具有含有含極性基之脂 肪族烴基之丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位(a3 )。 9 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之浸潤式曝光用光阻組成物 ,其中,含有含氮有機化合物(D)。 10. —種光阻圖型之形成方法,其特徵爲包含,使用 申請專利範圍第1〜9項中任一項之浸潤式曝光用光阻組 成物於支撐體上形成光阻膜之步驟’使前述光阻膜進行浸 潤式曝光之步驟,及使前述光阻膜進行鹼顯影以形成光阻 圖型之步驟。 11. 一種含氟化合物,其特徵爲,具有下述通式(c) 所表示之基,且至少含有1個氟原子, -116- 200923574 【化5】 R1 I OHNC I Q 〔式中,Q爲1價之親水基去除1個氫原子所得之基 ’R1爲可具有氟原子之碳數2以上之烴基〕。 1 2 _如申請專利範圍第1 1項之含氟化合物,其爲下述 通式(C— 1)所表示之化合物, 【化6】 〇 R2—Q一q_R3 …(。―上) 〔式中,Q爲1價之親水基去除1個氫原子之基,R2 爲含有可具有氟原子之芳香族環式基的有機基,R3爲可 具有氟原子之碳數2以上之烴基,R2及R3中至少一者爲 具有氟原子〕。 1 3 .如申請專利範圍第1 2項之含氟化合物,其爲下述 _式(C 一 1_1))〜(C—1— 4)所成群中所選出之一 個通式所表示之化合物, -117- 200923574 【ί匕7】R55^\^\r53 R62 R5VV-' cr , '〇64 01c—o R56 *&quot; (cl — 1 — 3) 0Ic=o R66 “·(cl — 1 — 4) [wherein R51 is a hydrogen atom a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group, R52 to R55 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, at least one of R52 to R55 is a fluorine atom, and R.sup.6 is a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom of 2 or more; R61 Is a hydrogen atom 'lower alkyl or halogenated lower alkyl, R62 to R05 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and R66 is a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom of from 2 to 115 to 200923574. The immersion exposure photoresist composition of the first aspect, wherein the substrate component (A) is a substrate component which increases the solubility to an alkali developer via the action of an acid. The immersion exposure photoresist composition, wherein the aforementioned substrate component (A) is a resin component (A 1 ) containing a solubility enhancing effect on an alkali developer via an action of an acid, the resin component (A 1 ) It is a structural unit (a 1 ) derived from an acrylate having an acid-dissociable dissolution inhibiting group. The immersion exposure photoresist composition of claim 6, wherein the resin component (A1) has a structural unit (a2) derived from an acrylate containing a lactone-containing cyclic group. The immersion exposure photoresist composition of claim 6, wherein the resin component (A 1 ) 尙 has a structural unit (a3 ) derived from an acrylate containing a polar group-containing aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The photoresist composition for immersion exposure according to the first aspect of the invention, which comprises a nitrogen-containing organic compound (D). 10. A method for forming a photoresist pattern, characterized by comprising, using the patent application range 1~ The step of forming a photoresist film on the support by the photoresist composition for immersion exposure according to any one of the steps of the present invention, the step of performing the immersion exposure of the photoresist film, and subjecting the photoresist film to alkali development to form light Step of resisting pattern 11. A fluorine-containing compound having a group represented by the following formula (c) and containing at least one fluorine atom, -116-200923574 [Chemical 5] R1 I OHNC IQ [where, Q The base 'R1 obtained by removing one hydrogen atom of the monovalent hydrophilic group is a hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom. 1 2 _ The fluorine-containing compound of the first aspect of the patent application is the following A compound represented by the formula (C-1), [Chem. 6] 〇R2—Q—q_R3 ((--) (wherein Q is a monovalent hydrophilic group which removes one hydrogen atom group, and R2 contains a An organic group having an aromatic cyclic group of a fluorine atom, R 3 is a hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom, and at least one of R 2 and R 3 has a fluorine atom. 13. A fluorine-containing compound according to claim 12, which is a compound represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of the following formula (C-1_1)) to (C-1-4-) , -117- 200923574 [ί匕7] ) -3) 1-4) 化低級烷基, 5 2〜R 5 5中至少 2以上之烴基 ,R62 〜R65 爲 原子之碳數2 〔式中,R51爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵 R52〜R55爲各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子,R 1個爲氟原子,R56爲可具有氟原子之碳數 ;R61爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基 各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子,R06爲具有氟 -118- 200923574 以上之烴基〕。 1 4 _如申請專利範圍第1 1項之含氟化合物,其爲具有 由下述通式(c 1 一 1 (c 1 一 1 — 4 )所成群中所選出 之一個通式所表示之結構單位的高分子化合物 【化8】-3) 1-4) a lower alkyl group, at least 2 or more hydrocarbon groups of 5 2 to R 5 5 , and R 62 to R 65 are carbon atoms of the atom 2 (wherein R 51 is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogen R 52 ) ~R55 is a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom which is independent of each other, R 1 is a fluorine atom, R 56 is a carbon number which may have a fluorine atom; and R 61 is a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom independently a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group; R06 is a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine-118-200923574 or higher]. 1 4 - a fluorine-containing compound as claimed in claim 11 which is represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of the following formula (c 1 -1 (c 1 -1 - 4 )) Structural unit of polymer compound [Chemical 8] 基 院 -119- 200923574 R〜R 爲各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子,R52〜R55中至少 1個爲氟原子,R56爲可具有氟原子之碳數2以上之烴基 ·’ R 6 1爲氫原子、低級院基或鹵化低級院基,R 6 2〜R 6 5爲 各自獨立之氫原子或氟原子’R66爲具有氟原子之碳數2 以上之烴基〕。 -120-院-119- 200923574 R~R are independent hydrogen atoms or fluorine atoms, at least one of R52 to R55 is a fluorine atom, and R56 is a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 2 or more. 'R 6 1 is hydrogen An atom, a lower-grade or a halogenated lower-grade compound, R 6 2 to R 6 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom 'R66 is a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom of 2 or more. -120-
TW097129604A 2007-08-03 2008-08-01 Fluorine-containing compound, resist composition for immersion exposure, and method of forming resist pattern TWI372942B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007203177 2007-08-03
JP2007293145 2007-11-12
JP2008080695A JP5150327B2 (en) 2007-08-03 2008-03-26 Resist composition for immersion exposure and method for forming resist pattern

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200923574A true TW200923574A (en) 2009-06-01
TWI372942B TWI372942B (en) 2012-09-21

Family

ID=40870530

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW097129604A TWI372942B (en) 2007-08-03 2008-08-01 Fluorine-containing compound, resist composition for immersion exposure, and method of forming resist pattern

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (2) JP5150327B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI372942B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI612066B (en) * 2014-09-30 2018-01-21 Lg化學股份有限公司 Block copolymer

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9109060B2 (en) 2009-07-07 2015-08-18 Mitsubishi Rayon, Co., Ltd. Method for producing polymer, polymer for lithography, resist composition, and method for producing substrate
CN102472982B (en) * 2009-07-07 2014-07-02 三菱丽阳株式会社 Copolymer for lithography and method for evaluating the same
TWI570506B (en) * 2009-09-18 2017-02-11 Jsr Corp Sensitive radiation linear resin composition, photoresist pattern formation method, polymer
WO2011145703A1 (en) 2010-05-20 2011-11-24 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming resist pattern, polymer and compound
KR101769154B1 (en) * 2010-07-27 2017-08-17 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, process for forming resist pattern, polymer and compound
JP5729114B2 (en) 2010-08-19 2015-06-03 Jsr株式会社 Radiation sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, polymer and compound
JP5856441B2 (en) 2011-11-09 2016-02-09 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition, resist pattern forming method, and polymer compound
JP5764480B2 (en) 2011-11-25 2015-08-19 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition, resist pattern forming method, and polymer compound

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0690546B2 (en) * 1986-03-14 1994-11-14 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Electrophotographic lithographic printing plate
JPH0796574B2 (en) * 1988-03-17 1995-10-18 株式会社日立製作所 Thermosetting resin composition and cured product thereof
JPH04198939A (en) * 1990-11-29 1992-07-20 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for planographic printing
US6005137A (en) * 1997-06-10 1999-12-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Halogenated acrylates and polymers derived therefrom
DE10124481A1 (en) * 2000-06-28 2002-01-10 Merck Patent Gmbh New trans-2-substituted-1,4-cyclohexylene compounds are used as chiral dopant and in liquid crystal medium for use in liquid crystal display or as dielectric in electrooptical display
DE602004014806D1 (en) * 2003-10-08 2008-08-14 Smithkline Beecham Corp TRIPHENYLETHYLENE COMPOUNDS AS SELF-ACTIVE MODULATORS OF THE ESTROGEN RECEPTOR
JP4871549B2 (en) * 2005-08-29 2012-02-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Positive resist composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP4671035B2 (en) * 2005-10-14 2011-04-13 信越化学工業株式会社 Chemically amplified resist material and pattern forming method
JP5331308B2 (en) * 2007-03-26 2013-10-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Resist composition and pattern forming method using the same

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI612066B (en) * 2014-09-30 2018-01-21 Lg化學股份有限公司 Block copolymer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5150327B2 (en) 2013-02-20
JP2012255170A (en) 2012-12-27
TWI372942B (en) 2012-09-21
JP5613738B2 (en) 2014-10-29
JP2009139909A (en) 2009-06-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI465849B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, compound and acid generator including the compound
TWI444773B (en) Positive resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
TWI578098B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern and polymeric compound
TWI510861B (en) Positive resist composition, method of forming resist pattern using the same, and fluorine-containing polymeric compound
TWI465844B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, compound and acid generator
JP5412134B2 (en) Positive resist composition for immersion exposure and method for forming resist pattern using the same
TWI501029B (en) Method of producing polymeric compound
TWI464532B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, compound and acid generator
JP5500884B2 (en) Positive resist composition and resist pattern forming method
JP5401086B2 (en) Resist composition for immersion exposure, resist pattern forming method, and fluorine-containing resin
JP5401126B2 (en) Resist composition for immersion exposure and resist pattern forming method using the same
JP5526347B2 (en) Fluorine-containing compounds and polymer compounds
TWI388575B (en) Fluorine-containing compound, resist composition for immersion exposure, and method of forming resist pattern
TWI591428B (en) Resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
TW200923574A (en) Fluorine-containing compound, resist composition for immersion exposure, and method of forming resist pattern
TW200941130A (en) Resist composition for liquid immersion lithography, resist pattern formation method and fluorine-containing copolymer
JP5584894B2 (en) Fluorine-containing compounds and polymer compounds
TW200848403A (en) Compound and polymer compound
KR20130032845A (en) Resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
JP5608801B2 (en) COMPOUND, RESIST COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR FORMING RESIST PATTERN
TWI537677B (en) Resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
TWI468864B (en) Positive resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, and polymeric compound
JP2009300950A (en) Resist composition for liquid immersion lithography and resist pattern forming method using the same, and fluorine-containing polymer compound
TWI522738B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern and polymeric compound
JP5314990B2 (en) Resist composition for immersion exposure and method for forming resist pattern